Loading...
1#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
2#define __NET_CFG80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
8 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
9 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
10 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#include <linux/netdevice.h>
17#include <linux/debugfs.h>
18#include <linux/list.h>
19#include <linux/bug.h>
20#include <linux/netlink.h>
21#include <linux/skbuff.h>
22#include <linux/nl80211.h>
23#include <linux/if_ether.h>
24#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
25#include <linux/net.h>
26#include <net/regulatory.h>
27
28/**
29 * DOC: Introduction
30 *
31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
37 *
38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
39 * use restrictions.
40 */
41
42
43/**
44 * DOC: Device registration
45 *
46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
48 * described below.
49 *
50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
59 *
60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
63 */
64
65struct wiphy;
66
67/*
68 * wireless hardware capability structures
69 */
70
71/**
72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
73 *
74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
75 *
76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
78 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
81 * is not permitted.
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
83 * is not permitted.
84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
89 * restrictions.
90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
94 * restrictions.
95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
98 * on this channel.
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
100 * on this channel.
101 *
102 */
103enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
104 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
106 /* hole at 1<<2 */
107 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
111 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
113 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
114 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
117};
118
119#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
120 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
121
122#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
123#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
124
125/**
126 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
127 *
128 * This structure describes a single channel for use
129 * with cfg80211.
130 *
131 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
136 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
143 * @orig_mag: internal use
144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
146 * on this channel.
147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
149 */
150struct ieee80211_channel {
151 enum nl80211_band band;
152 u16 center_freq;
153 u16 hw_value;
154 u32 flags;
155 int max_antenna_gain;
156 int max_power;
157 int max_reg_power;
158 bool beacon_found;
159 u32 orig_flags;
160 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
161 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
162 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
163 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
164};
165
166/**
167 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
168 *
169 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
170 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
171 * different bands/PHY modes.
172 *
173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
174 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
175 * with CCK rates.
176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
177 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
178 * core code when registering the wiphy.
179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
180 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
181 * core code when registering the wiphy.
182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
183 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
184 * core code when registering the wiphy.
185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
188 */
189enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
190 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
194 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
197};
198
199/**
200 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
201 *
202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
207 */
208enum ieee80211_bss_type {
209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
214};
215
216/**
217 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
218 *
219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
222 */
223enum ieee80211_privacy {
224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
227};
228
229#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
230 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
231
232/**
233 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
234 *
235 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
236 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
237 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
238 * passed around.
239 *
240 * @flags: rate-specific flags
241 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
242 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
243 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
244 * short preamble is used
245 */
246struct ieee80211_rate {
247 u32 flags;
248 u16 bitrate;
249 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
250};
251
252/**
253 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
254 *
255 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
256 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
257 *
258 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
259 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
260 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
261 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
262 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
263 */
264struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
265 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
266 bool ht_supported;
267 u8 ampdu_factor;
268 u8 ampdu_density;
269 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
270};
271
272/**
273 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
274 *
275 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
276 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
277 *
278 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
279 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
280 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
281 */
282struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
283 bool vht_supported;
284 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
285 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
286};
287
288/**
289 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
290 *
291 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
292 * is able to operate in.
293 *
294 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
295 * in this band.
296 * @band: the band this structure represents
297 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
298 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
299 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
300 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
301 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
302 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
303 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
304 */
305struct ieee80211_supported_band {
306 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
307 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
308 enum nl80211_band band;
309 int n_channels;
310 int n_bitrates;
311 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
312 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
313};
314
315/**
316 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
317 *
318 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
319 *
320 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
321 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
322 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
323 *
324 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
325 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
326 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
327 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
328 * without affecting other devices.
329 *
330 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
331 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
332 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
333 */
334#ifdef CONFIG_OF
335void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
336#else /* CONFIG_OF */
337static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
338{
339}
340#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
341
342
343/*
344 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
345 */
346
347/**
348 * DOC: Actions and configuration
349 *
350 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
351 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
352 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
353 * operations use are described separately.
354 *
355 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
356 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
357 *
358 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
359 * in a separate chapter.
360 */
361
362#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
363 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
364
365/**
366 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
367 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
368 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
369 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
370 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
371 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
372 * determine the address as needed.
373 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
374 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
375 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
376 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
377 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
378 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
379 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
380 */
381struct vif_params {
382 u32 flags;
383 int use_4addr;
384 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
385 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
386 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
387};
388
389/**
390 * struct key_params - key information
391 *
392 * Information about a key
393 *
394 * @key: key material
395 * @key_len: length of key material
396 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
397 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
398 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
399 * length given by @seq_len.
400 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
401 */
402struct key_params {
403 const u8 *key;
404 const u8 *seq;
405 int key_len;
406 int seq_len;
407 u32 cipher;
408};
409
410/**
411 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
412 * @chan: the (control) channel
413 * @width: channel width
414 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
415 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
416 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
417 */
418struct cfg80211_chan_def {
419 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
420 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
421 u32 center_freq1;
422 u32 center_freq2;
423};
424
425/**
426 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
427 * @chandef: the channel definition
428 *
429 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
430 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
431 */
432static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
433cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
434{
435 switch (chandef->width) {
436 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
437 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
438 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
439 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
440 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
441 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
442 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
443 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
444 default:
445 WARN_ON(1);
446 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
447 }
448}
449
450/**
451 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
452 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
453 * @channel: the control channel
454 * @chantype: the channel type
455 *
456 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
457 */
458void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
459 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
460 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
461
462/**
463 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
464 * @chandef1: first channel definition
465 * @chandef2: second channel definition
466 *
467 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
468 * identical, %false otherwise.
469 */
470static inline bool
471cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
472 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
473{
474 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
475 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
476 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
477 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
478}
479
480/**
481 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
482 * @chandef1: first channel definition
483 * @chandef2: second channel definition
484 *
485 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
486 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
487 */
488const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
489cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
490 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
491
492/**
493 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
494 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
495 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
496 */
497bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
498
499/**
500 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
501 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
502 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
503 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
504 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
505 */
506bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
507 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
508 u32 prohibited_flags);
509
510/**
511 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
512 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
513 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
514 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
515 * Returns:
516 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
517 */
518int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
519 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
520 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
521
522/**
523 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
524 *
525 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
526 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
527 *
528 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
529 *
530 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
531 */
532static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
533ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
534{
535 switch (chandef->width) {
536 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
537 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
538 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
539 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
540 default:
541 break;
542 }
543 return 0;
544}
545
546/**
547 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
548 *
549 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
550 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
551 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
552 *
553 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
554 *
555 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
556 */
557static inline int
558ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
559{
560 switch (chandef->width) {
561 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
562 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
563 chandef->chan->max_power);
564 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
565 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
566 chandef->chan->max_power);
567 default:
568 break;
569 }
570 return chandef->chan->max_power;
571}
572
573/**
574 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
575 *
576 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
577 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
578 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
579 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
580 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
581 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
582 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
583 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
584 *
585 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
586 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
587 */
588enum survey_info_flags {
589 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
590 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
591 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
592 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
593 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
594 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
595 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
596 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
597};
598
599/**
600 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
601 *
602 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
603 * record to report global statistics
604 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
605 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
606 * optional
607 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
608 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
609 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
610 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
611 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
612 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
613 *
614 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
615 *
616 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
617 * channel duty cycle etc.
618 */
619struct survey_info {
620 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
621 u64 time;
622 u64 time_busy;
623 u64 time_ext_busy;
624 u64 time_rx;
625 u64 time_tx;
626 u64 time_scan;
627 u32 filled;
628 s8 noise;
629};
630
631#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4
632
633/**
634 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
635 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
636 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
637 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
638 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
639 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
640 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
641 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
642 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
643 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
644 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
645 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
646 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
647 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
648 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
649 * protocol frames.
650 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
651 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
652 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
653 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
654 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
655 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
656 */
657struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
658 u32 wpa_versions;
659 u32 cipher_group;
660 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
661 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
662 int n_akm_suites;
663 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
664 bool control_port;
665 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
666 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
667 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
668 struct key_params *wep_keys;
669 int wep_tx_key;
670 const u8 *psk;
671};
672
673/**
674 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
675 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
676 * or %NULL if not changed
677 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
678 * or %NULL if not changed
679 * @head_len: length of @head
680 * @tail_len: length of @tail
681 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
682 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
683 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
684 * frames or %NULL
685 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
686 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
687 * Response frames or %NULL
688 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
689 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
690 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
691 */
692struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
693 const u8 *head, *tail;
694 const u8 *beacon_ies;
695 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
696 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
697 const u8 *probe_resp;
698
699 size_t head_len, tail_len;
700 size_t beacon_ies_len;
701 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
702 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
703 size_t probe_resp_len;
704};
705
706struct mac_address {
707 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
708};
709
710/**
711 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
712 *
713 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
714 * entry specified by mac_addr
715 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
716 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
717 */
718struct cfg80211_acl_data {
719 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
720 int n_acl_entries;
721
722 /* Keep it last */
723 struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
724};
725
726/*
727 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
728 */
729struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
730 struct {
731 u32 legacy;
732 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
733 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
734 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
735 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
736};
737
738/**
739 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
740 *
741 * Used to configure an AP interface.
742 *
743 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
744 * @beacon: beacon data
745 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
746 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
747 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
748 * user space)
749 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
750 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
751 * @crypto: crypto settings
752 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
753 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
754 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
755 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
756 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
757 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
758 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
759 * MAC address based access control
760 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
761 * networks.
762 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
763 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
764 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
765 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
766 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
767 */
768struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
769 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
770
771 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
772
773 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
774 const u8 *ssid;
775 size_t ssid_len;
776 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
777 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
778 bool privacy;
779 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
780 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
781 int inactivity_timeout;
782 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
783 bool p2p_opp_ps;
784 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
785 bool pbss;
786 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
787
788 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
789 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
790 bool ht_required, vht_required;
791};
792
793/**
794 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
795 *
796 * Used for channel switch
797 *
798 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
799 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
800 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
801 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
802 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
803 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
804 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
805 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
806 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
807 * @count: number of beacons until switch
808 */
809struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
810 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
811 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
812 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
813 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
814 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
815 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
816 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
817 bool radar_required;
818 bool block_tx;
819 u8 count;
820};
821
822#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
823
824/**
825 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
826 *
827 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
828 *
829 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
830 * to use for verification
831 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
832 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
833 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
834 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
835 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
836 * nl80211_iftype.
837 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
838 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
839 * the verification
840 */
841struct iface_combination_params {
842 int num_different_channels;
843 u8 radar_detect;
844 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
845 u32 new_beacon_int;
846};
847
848/**
849 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
850 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
851 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
852 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
853 *
854 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
855 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
856 */
857enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
858 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
859 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
860 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
861};
862
863/**
864 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
865 *
866 * Used to change and create a new station.
867 *
868 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
869 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
870 * (or NULL for no change)
871 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
872 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
873 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
874 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
875 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
876 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
877 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
878 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
879 * @plink_action: plink action to take
880 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
881 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
882 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
883 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
884 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
885 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
886 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
887 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
888 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
889 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
890 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
891 * to unknown)
892 * @capability: station capability
893 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
894 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
895 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
896 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
897 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
898 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
899 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
900 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
901 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
902 */
903struct station_parameters {
904 const u8 *supported_rates;
905 struct net_device *vlan;
906 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
907 u32 sta_modify_mask;
908 int listen_interval;
909 u16 aid;
910 u16 peer_aid;
911 u8 supported_rates_len;
912 u8 plink_action;
913 u8 plink_state;
914 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
915 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
916 u8 uapsd_queues;
917 u8 max_sp;
918 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
919 u16 capability;
920 const u8 *ext_capab;
921 u8 ext_capab_len;
922 const u8 *supported_channels;
923 u8 supported_channels_len;
924 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
925 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
926 u8 opmode_notif;
927 bool opmode_notif_used;
928 int support_p2p_ps;
929};
930
931/**
932 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
933 *
934 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
935 *
936 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
937 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
938 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
939 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
940 */
941struct station_del_parameters {
942 const u8 *mac;
943 u8 subtype;
944 u16 reason_code;
945};
946
947/**
948 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
949 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
950 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
951 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
952 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
953 * the AP MLME in the device
954 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
955 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
956 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
957 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
958 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
959 * supported/used)
960 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
961 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
962 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
963 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
964 */
965enum cfg80211_station_type {
966 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
967 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
968 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
969 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
970 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
971 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
972 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
973 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
974 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
975};
976
977/**
978 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
979 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
980 * @params: the new parameters for a station
981 * @statype: the type of station being modified
982 *
983 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
984 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
985 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
986 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
987 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
988 */
989int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
990 struct station_parameters *params,
991 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
992
993/**
994 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
995 *
996 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
997 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
998 *
999 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1000 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1001 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1002 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
1003 */
1004enum rate_info_flags {
1005 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
1006 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
1007 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1008 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3),
1009};
1010
1011/**
1012 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1013 *
1014 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1015 *
1016 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1017 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1018 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1019 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1020 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1021 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1022 */
1023enum rate_info_bw {
1024 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1025 RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1026 RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1027 RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1028 RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1029 RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1030};
1031
1032/**
1033 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1034 *
1035 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1036 *
1037 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1038 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes a 802.11n bitrate
1039 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1040 * @nss: number of streams (VHT only)
1041 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1042 */
1043struct rate_info {
1044 u8 flags;
1045 u8 mcs;
1046 u16 legacy;
1047 u8 nss;
1048 u8 bw;
1049};
1050
1051/**
1052 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1053 *
1054 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1055 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1056 *
1057 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1058 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1059 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1060 */
1061enum bss_param_flags {
1062 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
1063 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
1064 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1065};
1066
1067/**
1068 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1069 *
1070 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1071 *
1072 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1073 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1074 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1075 */
1076struct sta_bss_parameters {
1077 u8 flags;
1078 u8 dtim_period;
1079 u16 beacon_interval;
1080};
1081
1082/**
1083 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1084 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1085 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1086 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1087 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1088 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1089 * transmitted MSDUs
1090 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1091 */
1092struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1093 u32 filled;
1094 u64 rx_msdu;
1095 u64 tx_msdu;
1096 u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1097 u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1098};
1099
1100#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1101
1102/**
1103 * struct station_info - station information
1104 *
1105 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1106 *
1107 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1108 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1109 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1110 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1111 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1112 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1113 * @llid: mesh local link id
1114 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1115 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1116 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1117 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1118 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1119 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1120 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1121 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1122 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1123 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1124 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1125 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1126 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1127 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1128 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1129 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1130 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1131 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1132 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1133 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1134 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1135 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1136 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1137 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1138 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1139 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1140 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1141 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1142 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1143 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1144 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1145 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1146 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1147 * towards this station.
1148 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1149 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1150 * from this peer
1151 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1152 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1153 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1154 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1155 */
1156struct station_info {
1157 u64 filled;
1158 u32 connected_time;
1159 u32 inactive_time;
1160 u64 rx_bytes;
1161 u64 tx_bytes;
1162 u16 llid;
1163 u16 plid;
1164 u8 plink_state;
1165 s8 signal;
1166 s8 signal_avg;
1167
1168 u8 chains;
1169 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1170 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1171
1172 struct rate_info txrate;
1173 struct rate_info rxrate;
1174 u32 rx_packets;
1175 u32 tx_packets;
1176 u32 tx_retries;
1177 u32 tx_failed;
1178 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1179 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1180 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1181
1182 int generation;
1183
1184 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1185 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1186
1187 u32 beacon_loss_count;
1188 s64 t_offset;
1189 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1190 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1191 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1192
1193 u32 expected_throughput;
1194
1195 u64 rx_beacon;
1196 u64 rx_duration;
1197 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1198 struct cfg80211_tid_stats pertid[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
1199 s8 ack_signal;
1200};
1201
1202#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1203/**
1204 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1205 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1206 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1207 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1208 *
1209 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1210 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1211 * considered undefined.
1212 */
1213int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1214 struct station_info *sinfo);
1215#else
1216static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1217 const u8 *mac_addr,
1218 struct station_info *sinfo)
1219{
1220 return -ENOENT;
1221}
1222#endif
1223
1224/**
1225 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1226 *
1227 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1228 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1229 *
1230 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1231 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1232 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1233 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1234 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1235 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1236 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1237 */
1238enum monitor_flags {
1239 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1240 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1241 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1242 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1243 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1244 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1245 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1246};
1247
1248/**
1249 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1250 *
1251 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1252 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1253 *
1254 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1255 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1256 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1257 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1258 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1259 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1260 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1261 */
1262enum mpath_info_flags {
1263 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
1264 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
1265 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
1266 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
1267 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
1268 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
1269 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
1270};
1271
1272/**
1273 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1274 *
1275 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1276 *
1277 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1278 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1279 * @sn: target sequence number
1280 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1281 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1282 * @flags: mesh path flags
1283 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1284 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1285 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1286 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1287 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1288 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1289 */
1290struct mpath_info {
1291 u32 filled;
1292 u32 frame_qlen;
1293 u32 sn;
1294 u32 metric;
1295 u32 exptime;
1296 u32 discovery_timeout;
1297 u8 discovery_retries;
1298 u8 flags;
1299
1300 int generation;
1301};
1302
1303/**
1304 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1305 *
1306 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1307 *
1308 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1309 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1310 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1311 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1312 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1313 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1314 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1315 * (or NULL for no change)
1316 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1317 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1318 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1319 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1320 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1321 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1322 */
1323struct bss_parameters {
1324 int use_cts_prot;
1325 int use_short_preamble;
1326 int use_short_slot_time;
1327 const u8 *basic_rates;
1328 u8 basic_rates_len;
1329 int ap_isolate;
1330 int ht_opmode;
1331 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1332};
1333
1334/**
1335 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1336 *
1337 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1338 *
1339 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1340 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1341 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1342 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1343 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1344 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1345 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1346 * mesh interface
1347 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1348 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1349 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1350 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1351 * elements
1352 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1353 * detect compatible mesh peers
1354 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1355 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1356 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1357 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1358 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1359 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1360 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1361 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1362 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1363 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1364 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1365 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1366 * element
1367 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1368 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1369 * element
1370 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1371 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1372 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1373 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1374 * announcements are transmitted
1375 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1376 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1377 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1378 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1379 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1380 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1381 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1382 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1383 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1384 * station to establish a peer link
1385 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1386 *
1387 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1388 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1389 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1390 *
1391 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1392 * PREQs are transmitted.
1393 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1394 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1395 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1396 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1397 * setting for new peer links.
1398 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1399 * after transmitting its beacon.
1400 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1401 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1402 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1403 */
1404struct mesh_config {
1405 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1406 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1407 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1408 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1409 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1410 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1411 u8 element_ttl;
1412 bool auto_open_plinks;
1413 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1414 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1415 u32 path_refresh_time;
1416 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1417 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1418 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1419 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1420 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1421 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1422 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1423 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1424 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1425 s32 rssi_threshold;
1426 u16 ht_opmode;
1427 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1428 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1429 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1430 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1431 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1432 u32 plink_timeout;
1433};
1434
1435/**
1436 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1437 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1438 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1439 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1440 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1441 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1442 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1443 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1444 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1445 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1446 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1447 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1448 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1449 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1450 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1451 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1452 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1453 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1454 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1455 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1456 * to operate on DFS channels.
1457 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1458 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1459 *
1460 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1461 */
1462struct mesh_setup {
1463 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1464 const u8 *mesh_id;
1465 u8 mesh_id_len;
1466 u8 sync_method;
1467 u8 path_sel_proto;
1468 u8 path_metric;
1469 u8 auth_id;
1470 const u8 *ie;
1471 u8 ie_len;
1472 bool is_authenticated;
1473 bool is_secure;
1474 bool user_mpm;
1475 u8 dtim_period;
1476 u16 beacon_interval;
1477 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1478 u32 basic_rates;
1479 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1480 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1481 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1482};
1483
1484/**
1485 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1486 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1487 *
1488 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1489 */
1490struct ocb_setup {
1491 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1492};
1493
1494/**
1495 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1496 * @ac: AC identifier
1497 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1498 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1499 * 1..32767]
1500 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1501 * 1..32767]
1502 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1503 */
1504struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1505 enum nl80211_ac ac;
1506 u16 txop;
1507 u16 cwmin;
1508 u16 cwmax;
1509 u8 aifs;
1510};
1511
1512/**
1513 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1514 *
1515 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1516 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1517 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1518 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1519 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1520 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1521 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1522 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1523 * in the wiphy structure.
1524 *
1525 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1526 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1527 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1528 *
1529 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1530 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1531 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1532 * to userspace.
1533 */
1534
1535/**
1536 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1537 * @ssid: the SSID
1538 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1539 */
1540struct cfg80211_ssid {
1541 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1542 u8 ssid_len;
1543};
1544
1545/**
1546 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1547 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1548 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1549 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
1550 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1551 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1552 * userspace will be notified of that
1553 */
1554struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1555 u64 scan_start_tsf;
1556 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1557 bool aborted;
1558};
1559
1560/**
1561 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1562 *
1563 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1564 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1565 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1566 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1567 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1568 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1569 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1570 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1571 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1572 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1573 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1574 * %duration field.
1575 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1576 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1577 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1578 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1579 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1580 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1581 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1582 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1583 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1584 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1585 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1586 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1587 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1588 */
1589struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1590 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1591 int n_ssids;
1592 u32 n_channels;
1593 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1594 const u8 *ie;
1595 size_t ie_len;
1596 u16 duration;
1597 bool duration_mandatory;
1598 u32 flags;
1599
1600 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1601
1602 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1603
1604 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1605 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1606 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1607
1608 /* internal */
1609 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1610 unsigned long scan_start;
1611 struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1612 bool notified;
1613 bool no_cck;
1614
1615 /* keep last */
1616 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1617};
1618
1619static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1620{
1621 int i;
1622
1623 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1624 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1625 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1626 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1627 }
1628}
1629
1630/**
1631 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1632 *
1633 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1634 * or no match (RSSI only)
1635 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1636 * or no match (RSSI only)
1637 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1638 */
1639struct cfg80211_match_set {
1640 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1641 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1642 s32 rssi_thold;
1643};
1644
1645/**
1646 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1647 *
1648 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1649 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1650 * infinite loop.
1651 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
1652 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
1653 */
1654struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
1655 u32 interval;
1656 u32 iterations;
1657};
1658
1659/**
1660 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
1661 *
1662 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
1663 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
1664 */
1665struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
1666 enum nl80211_band band;
1667 s8 delta;
1668};
1669
1670/**
1671 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
1672 *
1673 * @reqid: identifies this request.
1674 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
1675 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1676 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1677 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1678 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1679 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1680 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1681 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
1682 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
1683 * (others are filtered out).
1684 * If ommited, all results are passed.
1685 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1686 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
1687 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1688 * @dev: the interface
1689 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1690 * @channels: channels to scan
1691 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
1692 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
1693 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1694 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1695 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1696 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1697 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
1698 * index must be executed first.
1699 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1700 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1701 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
1702 * owned by a particular socket)
1703 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
1704 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
1705 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
1706 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
1707 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
1708 * supported.
1709 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
1710 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
1711 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
1712 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
1713 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
1714 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
1715 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
1716 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
1717 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
1718 * comparisions.
1719 */
1720struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1721 u64 reqid;
1722 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1723 int n_ssids;
1724 u32 n_channels;
1725 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1726 const u8 *ie;
1727 size_t ie_len;
1728 u32 flags;
1729 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
1730 int n_match_sets;
1731 s32 min_rssi_thold;
1732 u32 delay;
1733 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
1734 int n_scan_plans;
1735
1736 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1737 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1738
1739 bool relative_rssi_set;
1740 s8 relative_rssi;
1741 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
1742
1743 /* internal */
1744 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1745 struct net_device *dev;
1746 unsigned long scan_start;
1747 bool report_results;
1748 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1749 u32 owner_nlportid;
1750 bool nl_owner_dead;
1751 struct list_head list;
1752
1753 /* keep last */
1754 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1755};
1756
1757/**
1758 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
1759 *
1760 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
1761 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
1762 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
1763 */
1764enum cfg80211_signal_type {
1765 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
1766 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
1767 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
1768};
1769
1770/**
1771 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
1772 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
1773 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
1774 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
1775 * signal type
1776 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
1777 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
1778 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
1779 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
1780 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
1781 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
1782 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
1783 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
1784 * by %parent_bssid.
1785 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
1786 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
1787 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
1788 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
1789 */
1790struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
1791 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
1792 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1793 s32 signal;
1794 u64 boottime_ns;
1795 u64 parent_tsf;
1796 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1797 u8 chains;
1798 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1799};
1800
1801/**
1802 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
1803 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
1804 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
1805 * @len: length of the IEs
1806 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
1807 * @data: IE data
1808 */
1809struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
1810 u64 tsf;
1811 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1812 int len;
1813 bool from_beacon;
1814 u8 data[];
1815};
1816
1817/**
1818 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
1819 *
1820 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
1821 * for use in scan results and similar.
1822 *
1823 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
1824 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
1825 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
1826 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
1827 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
1828 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
1829 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
1830 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
1831 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
1832 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
1833 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
1834 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
1835 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
1836 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
1837 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
1838 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
1839 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
1840 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
1841 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
1842 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
1843 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
1844 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
1845 */
1846struct cfg80211_bss {
1847 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1848 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1849
1850 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
1851 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
1852 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
1853
1854 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
1855
1856 s32 signal;
1857
1858 u16 beacon_interval;
1859 u16 capability;
1860
1861 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1862 u8 chains;
1863 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1864
1865 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1866};
1867
1868/**
1869 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
1870 * @bss: the bss to search
1871 * @ie: the IE ID
1872 *
1873 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
1874 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
1875 * Return: %NULL if not found.
1876 */
1877const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie);
1878
1879
1880/**
1881 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
1882 *
1883 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1884 * authentication.
1885 *
1886 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
1887 * to it if it needs to keep it.
1888 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1889 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
1890 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1891 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1892 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1893 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1894 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
1895 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
1896 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
1897 * transaction sequence number field.
1898 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
1899 */
1900struct cfg80211_auth_request {
1901 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1902 const u8 *ie;
1903 size_t ie_len;
1904 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1905 const u8 *key;
1906 u8 key_len, key_idx;
1907 const u8 *auth_data;
1908 size_t auth_data_len;
1909};
1910
1911/**
1912 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
1913 *
1914 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
1915 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
1916 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
1917 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
1918 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
1919 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
1920 * request (connect callback).
1921 */
1922enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
1923 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
1924 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
1925 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
1926 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
1927};
1928
1929/**
1930 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
1931 *
1932 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1933 * (re)association.
1934 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
1935 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
1936 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
1937 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
1938 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
1939 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1940 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
1941 * @crypto: crypto settings
1942 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
1943 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
1944 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
1945 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
1946 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
1947 * frame.
1948 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1949 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1950 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1951 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1952 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
1953 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
1954 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
1955 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
1956 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
1957 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
1958 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
1959 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
1960 */
1961struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
1962 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1963 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
1964 size_t ie_len;
1965 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1966 bool use_mfp;
1967 u32 flags;
1968 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1969 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1970 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
1971 const u8 *fils_kek;
1972 size_t fils_kek_len;
1973 const u8 *fils_nonces;
1974};
1975
1976/**
1977 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
1978 *
1979 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1980 * deauthentication.
1981 *
1982 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
1983 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
1984 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1985 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
1986 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
1987 * do not set a deauth frame
1988 */
1989struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
1990 const u8 *bssid;
1991 const u8 *ie;
1992 size_t ie_len;
1993 u16 reason_code;
1994 bool local_state_change;
1995};
1996
1997/**
1998 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
1999 *
2000 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2001 * disassociation.
2002 *
2003 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2004 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2005 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2006 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2007 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2008 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2009 */
2010struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2011 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2012 const u8 *ie;
2013 size_t ie_len;
2014 u16 reason_code;
2015 bool local_state_change;
2016};
2017
2018/**
2019 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2020 *
2021 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2022 * method.
2023 *
2024 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2025 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2026 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2027 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2028 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2029 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2030 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
2031 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2032 * @ie_len: length of that
2033 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2034 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2035 * after joining
2036 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2037 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2038 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2039 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2040 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2041 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2042 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2043 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2044 * to operate on DFS channels.
2045 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2046 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2047 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2048 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2049 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2050 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2051 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2052 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2053 */
2054struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2055 const u8 *ssid;
2056 const u8 *bssid;
2057 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2058 const u8 *ie;
2059 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2060 u16 beacon_interval;
2061 u32 basic_rates;
2062 bool channel_fixed;
2063 bool privacy;
2064 bool control_port;
2065 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2066 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2067 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2068 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2069 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2070 struct key_params *wep_keys;
2071 int wep_tx_key;
2072};
2073
2074/**
2075 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2076 *
2077 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2078 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2079 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2080 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2081 */
2082struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2083 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2084 union {
2085 enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2086 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2087 } param;
2088};
2089
2090/**
2091 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2092 *
2093 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2094 * authentication and association.
2095 *
2096 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2097 * on scan results)
2098 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2099 * %NULL if not specified
2100 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2101 * results)
2102 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2103 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2104 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2105 * to use.
2106 * @ssid: SSID
2107 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2108 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2109 * @ie: IEs for association request
2110 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2111 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2112 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2113 * @crypto: crypto settings
2114 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2115 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2116 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2117 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2118 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
2119 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2120 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2121 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2122 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2123 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
2124 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2125 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2126 * networks.
2127 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2128 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2129 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2130 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2131 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2132 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2133 * frame.
2134 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2135 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2136 * data IE.
2137 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2138 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2139 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2140 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2141 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2142 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2143 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2144 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2145 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2146 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2147 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2148 * offload of 4-way handshake.
2149 */
2150struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2151 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2152 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2153 const u8 *bssid;
2154 const u8 *bssid_hint;
2155 const u8 *ssid;
2156 size_t ssid_len;
2157 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2158 const u8 *ie;
2159 size_t ie_len;
2160 bool privacy;
2161 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2162 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2163 const u8 *key;
2164 u8 key_len, key_idx;
2165 u32 flags;
2166 int bg_scan_period;
2167 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2168 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2169 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2170 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2171 bool pbss;
2172 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2173 const u8 *prev_bssid;
2174 const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2175 size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2176 const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2177 size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2178 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2179 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2180 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2181 bool want_1x;
2182};
2183
2184/**
2185 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2186 *
2187 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2188 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2189 *
2190 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2191 */
2192enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2193 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
2194};
2195
2196/**
2197 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2198 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2199 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2200 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2201 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2202 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2203 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2204 */
2205enum wiphy_params_flags {
2206 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
2207 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
2208 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
2209 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
2210 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
2211 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
2212};
2213
2214/**
2215 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2216 *
2217 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2218 * caching.
2219 *
2220 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2221 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2222 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2223 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2224 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2225 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2226 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2227 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2228 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2229 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2230 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2231 * %NULL).
2232 */
2233struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2234 const u8 *bssid;
2235 const u8 *pmkid;
2236 const u8 *pmk;
2237 size_t pmk_len;
2238 const u8 *ssid;
2239 size_t ssid_len;
2240 const u8 *cache_id;
2241};
2242
2243/**
2244 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2245 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2246 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2247 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2248 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2249 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2250 *
2251 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2252 * memory, free @mask only!
2253 */
2254struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2255 const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2256 int pattern_len;
2257 int pkt_offset;
2258};
2259
2260/**
2261 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2262 *
2263 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2264 * @src: source IP address
2265 * @dst: destination IP address
2266 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2267 * @src_port: source port
2268 * @dst_port: destination port
2269 * @payload_len: data payload length
2270 * @payload: data payload buffer
2271 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2272 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2273 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2274 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2275 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2276 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2277 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2278 */
2279struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2280 struct socket *sock;
2281 __be32 src, dst;
2282 u16 src_port, dst_port;
2283 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2284 int payload_len;
2285 const u8 *payload;
2286 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2287 u32 data_interval;
2288 u32 wake_len;
2289 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2290 u32 tokens_size;
2291 /* must be last, variable member */
2292 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2293};
2294
2295/**
2296 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2297 *
2298 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2299 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2300 * operating as normal during suspend
2301 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2302 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2303 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2304 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2305 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2306 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2307 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2308 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2309 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2310 * NULL if not configured.
2311 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2312 */
2313struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2314 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2315 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2316 rfkill_release;
2317 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2318 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2319 int n_patterns;
2320 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2321};
2322
2323/**
2324 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2325 *
2326 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2327 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2328 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2329 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2330 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2331 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2332 */
2333struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2334 int delay;
2335 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2336 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2337 int n_patterns;
2338};
2339
2340/**
2341 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2342 *
2343 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2344 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2345 * @n_rules: number of rules
2346 */
2347struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2348 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2349 int n_rules;
2350};
2351
2352/**
2353 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2354 *
2355 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2356 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
2357 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2358 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2359 * occurred (in MHz)
2360 */
2361struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2362 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2363 int n_channels;
2364 u32 channels[];
2365};
2366
2367/**
2368 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2369 *
2370 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2371 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2372 * match information.
2373 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2374 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
2375 */
2376struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2377 int n_matches;
2378 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2379};
2380
2381/**
2382 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2383 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2384 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2385 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2386 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2387 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2388 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2389 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2390 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2391 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2392 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2393 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2394 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2395 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2396 * it is.
2397 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2398 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2399 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2400 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2401 */
2402struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2403 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2404 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2405 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2406 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2407 s32 pattern_idx;
2408 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2409 const void *packet;
2410 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2411};
2412
2413/**
2414 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2415 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2416 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2417 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2418 */
2419struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2420 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2421};
2422
2423/**
2424 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2425 *
2426 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2427 *
2428 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2429 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2430 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2431 */
2432struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2433 u16 md;
2434 const u8 *ie;
2435 size_t ie_len;
2436};
2437
2438/**
2439 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2440 *
2441 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2442 *
2443 * @chan: channel to use
2444 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2445 * @wait: duration for ROC
2446 * @buf: buffer to transmit
2447 * @len: buffer length
2448 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2449 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2450 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2451 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2452 */
2453struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2454 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2455 bool offchan;
2456 unsigned int wait;
2457 const u8 *buf;
2458 size_t len;
2459 bool no_cck;
2460 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2461 int n_csa_offsets;
2462 const u16 *csa_offsets;
2463};
2464
2465/**
2466 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2467 *
2468 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2469 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2470 */
2471struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2472 u8 dscp;
2473 u8 up;
2474};
2475
2476/**
2477 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2478 *
2479 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2480 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2481 */
2482struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2483 u8 low;
2484 u8 high;
2485};
2486
2487/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2488#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
2489#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
2490#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2491 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2492
2493/**
2494 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2495 *
2496 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2497 *
2498 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2499 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2500 * the user priority DSCP range definition
2501 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2502 */
2503struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2504 u8 num_des;
2505 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2506 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2507};
2508
2509/**
2510 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2511 *
2512 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2513 *
2514 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2515 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2516 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2517 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2518 */
2519struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2520 u8 master_pref;
2521 u8 bands;
2522};
2523
2524/**
2525 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2526 * configuration
2527 *
2528 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2529 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2530 */
2531enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2532 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2533 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2534};
2535
2536/**
2537 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2538 *
2539 * @filter: the content of the filter
2540 * @len: the length of the filter
2541 */
2542struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2543 const u8 *filter;
2544 u8 len;
2545};
2546
2547/**
2548 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2549 *
2550 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2551 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2552 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2553 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2554 * implementation specific.
2555 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2556 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2557 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2558 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2559 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2560 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2561 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2562 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2563 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2564 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2565 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2566 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2567 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2568 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2569 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2570 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2571 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2572 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2573 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2574 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2575 */
2576struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2577 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2578 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2579 u8 publish_type;
2580 bool close_range;
2581 bool publish_bcast;
2582 bool subscribe_active;
2583 u8 followup_id;
2584 u8 followup_reqid;
2585 struct mac_address followup_dest;
2586 u32 ttl;
2587 const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2588 u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2589 bool srf_include;
2590 const u8 *srf_bf;
2591 u8 srf_bf_len;
2592 u8 srf_bf_idx;
2593 struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2594 int srf_num_macs;
2595 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2596 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2597 u8 num_tx_filters;
2598 u8 num_rx_filters;
2599 u8 instance_id;
2600 u64 cookie;
2601};
2602
2603/**
2604 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2605 *
2606 * @aa: authenticator address
2607 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2608 * @pmk: the PMK material
2609 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
2610 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
2611 * holds PMK-R0.
2612 */
2613struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
2614 const u8 *aa;
2615 u8 pmk_len;
2616 const u8 *pmk;
2617 const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
2618};
2619
2620/**
2621 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
2622 *
2623 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
2624 *
2625 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
2626 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
2627 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
2628 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
2629 * authentication response command interface.
2630 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
2631 * authentication response command interface.
2632 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
2633 * authentication request event interface.
2634 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
2635 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
2636 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
2637 * response command interface (user space to driver).
2638 */
2639struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
2640 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
2641 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2642 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2643 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
2644 u16 status;
2645};
2646
2647/**
2648 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
2649 *
2650 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
2651 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
2652 *
2653 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
2654 * on success or a negative error code.
2655 *
2656 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
2657 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
2658 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
2659 *
2660 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
2661 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
2662 * configured for the device.
2663 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
2664 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
2665 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
2666 * the device.
2667 *
2668 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
2669 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
2670 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
2671 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
2672 * also set the address member in the wdev.
2673 *
2674 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
2675 *
2676 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
2677 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
2678 *
2679 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
2680 * when adding a group key.
2681 *
2682 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
2683 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
2684 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
2685 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
2686 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
2687 *
2688 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
2689 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
2690 *
2691 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
2692 *
2693 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
2694 *
2695 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
2696 *
2697 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
2698 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
2699 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
2700 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
2701 *
2702 * @add_station: Add a new station.
2703 * @del_station: Remove a station
2704 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
2705 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
2706 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
2707 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
2708 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
2709 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
2710 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2711 *
2712 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
2713 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
2714 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
2715 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
2716 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2717 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
2718 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2719 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
2720 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2721 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
2722 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2723 *
2724 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
2725 *
2726 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
2727 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
2728 * set, and which to leave alone.
2729 *
2730 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
2731 *
2732 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
2733 *
2734 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
2735 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
2736 * join the mesh instead.
2737 *
2738 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
2739 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
2740 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
2741 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
2742 *
2743 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
2744 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
2745 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
2746 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
2747 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
2748 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
2749 *
2750 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
2751 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2752 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
2753 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2754 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
2755 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2756 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
2757 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2758 *
2759 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
2760 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
2761 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
2762 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
2763 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
2764 * was received.
2765 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
2766 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
2767 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
2768 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
2769 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
2770 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
2771 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
2772 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
2773 * indication of requesting reassociation.
2774 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
2775 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
2776 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2777 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
2778 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
2779 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
2780 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
2781 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
2782 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
2783 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
2784 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2785 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
2786 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
2787 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
2788 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
2789 *
2790 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
2791 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
2792 * to a merge.
2793 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2794 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
2795 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2796 *
2797 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
2798 * MESH mode)
2799 *
2800 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
2801 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
2802 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
2803 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
2804 *
2805 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
2806 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
2807 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
2808 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
2809 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
2810 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
2811 * return 0 if successful
2812 *
2813 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
2814 *
2815 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
2816 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
2817 *
2818 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
2819 *
2820 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
2821 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
2822 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
2823 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
2824 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
2825 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
2826 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
2827 * the duration value.
2828 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
2829 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
2830 * frame on another channel
2831 *
2832 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
2833 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
2834 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
2835 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
2836 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
2837 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
2838 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
2839 *
2840 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
2841 *
2842 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
2843 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
2844 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
2845 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
2846 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
2847 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
2848 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
2849 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
2850 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
2851 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
2852 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
2853 * disabled.)
2854 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
2855 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
2856 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
2857 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
2858 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
2859 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
2860 * thresholds.
2861 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
2862 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
2863 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
2864 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
2865 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
2866 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
2867 * stop (when this method returns 0).
2868 *
2869 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
2870 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
2871 *
2872 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
2873 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
2874 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
2875 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
2876 *
2877 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
2878 *
2879 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
2880 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
2881 *
2882 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
2883 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
2884 *
2885 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
2886 *
2887 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
2888 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
2889 * current monitoring channel.
2890 *
2891 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
2892 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
2893 *
2894 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
2895 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
2896 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
2897 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
2898 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
2899 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
2900 *
2901 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
2902 *
2903 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
2904 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
2905 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
2906 *
2907 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
2908 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
2909 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
2910 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
2911 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
2912 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
2913 *
2914 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
2915 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
2916 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
2917 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
2918 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
2919 * as soon as possible.
2920 *
2921 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
2922 *
2923 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
2924 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
2925 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
2926 *
2927 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
2928 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
2929 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
2930 * account.
2931 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
2932 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
2933 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
2934 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
2935 * rejected)
2936 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
2937 *
2938 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
2939 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2940 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
2941 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2942 *
2943 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
2944 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
2945 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
2946 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
2947 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
2948 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
2949 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
2950 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
2951 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
2952 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
2953 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
2954 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
2955 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
2956 * provided @nan_func.
2957 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
2958 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
2959 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
2960 * All other parameters must be ignored.
2961 *
2962 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
2963 *
2964 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
2965 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
2966 * upon which the driver should clear it.
2967 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2968 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
2969 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2970 *
2971 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
2972 * user space
2973 *
2974 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
2975 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
2976 */
2977struct cfg80211_ops {
2978 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
2979 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2980 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
2981
2982 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2983 const char *name,
2984 unsigned char name_assign_type,
2985 enum nl80211_iftype type,
2986 struct vif_params *params);
2987 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2988 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2989 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2990 struct net_device *dev,
2991 enum nl80211_iftype type,
2992 struct vif_params *params);
2993
2994 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2995 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2996 struct key_params *params);
2997 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2998 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2999 void *cookie,
3000 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3001 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3002 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3003 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3004 struct net_device *netdev,
3005 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3006 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3007 struct net_device *netdev,
3008 u8 key_index);
3009
3010 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3011 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3012 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3013 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3014 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3015
3016
3017 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3018 const u8 *mac,
3019 struct station_parameters *params);
3020 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3021 struct station_del_parameters *params);
3022 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3023 const u8 *mac,
3024 struct station_parameters *params);
3025 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3026 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3027 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3028 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3029
3030 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3031 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3032 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3033 const u8 *dst);
3034 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3035 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3036 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3037 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3038 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3039 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3040 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3041 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3042 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3043 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3044 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3045 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3046 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3047 struct net_device *dev,
3048 struct mesh_config *conf);
3049 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3050 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3051 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3052 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3053 const struct mesh_config *conf,
3054 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3055 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3056
3057 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3058 struct ocb_setup *setup);
3059 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3060
3061 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3062 struct bss_parameters *params);
3063
3064 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3065 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3066
3067 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3068 struct net_device *dev,
3069 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3070
3071 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3072 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3073
3074 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3075 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3076 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3077
3078 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3079 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3080 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3081 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3082 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3083 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3084 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3085 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3086
3087 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3088 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3089 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3090 struct net_device *dev,
3091 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3092 u32 changed);
3093 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3094 u16 reason_code);
3095
3096 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3097 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3098 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3099
3100 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3101 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3102
3103 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3104
3105 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3106 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3107 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3108 int *dbm);
3109
3110 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3111 const u8 *addr);
3112
3113 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3114
3115#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3116 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3117 void *data, int len);
3118 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3119 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3120 void *data, int len);
3121#endif
3122
3123 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3124 struct net_device *dev,
3125 const u8 *peer,
3126 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3127
3128 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3129 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3130
3131 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3132 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3133 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3134 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3135 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3136
3137 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3138 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3139 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3140 unsigned int duration,
3141 u64 *cookie);
3142 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3143 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3144 u64 cookie);
3145
3146 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3147 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3148 u64 *cookie);
3149 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3150 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3151 u64 cookie);
3152
3153 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3154 bool enabled, int timeout);
3155
3156 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3157 struct net_device *dev,
3158 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3159
3160 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3161 struct net_device *dev,
3162 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3163
3164 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3165 struct net_device *dev,
3166 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3167
3168 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3169 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3170 u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3171
3172 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3173 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3174
3175 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3176 struct net_device *dev,
3177 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3178 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3179 u64 reqid);
3180
3181 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3182 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3183
3184 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3185 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
3186 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3187 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3188 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3189 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3190
3191 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3192 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3193
3194 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3195 struct net_device *dev,
3196 u16 noack_map);
3197
3198 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3199 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3200 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3201
3202 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3203 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3204 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3205 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3206
3207 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3208 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3209
3210 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3211 struct net_device *dev,
3212 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3213 u32 cac_time_ms);
3214 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3215 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3216 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3217 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3218 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3219 u16 duration);
3220 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3221 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3222 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3223 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3224
3225 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3226 struct net_device *dev,
3227 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3228
3229 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3230 struct net_device *dev,
3231 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3232
3233 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3234 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3235
3236 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3237 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3238 u16 admitted_time);
3239 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3240 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3241
3242 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3243 struct net_device *dev,
3244 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3245 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3246 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3247 struct net_device *dev,
3248 const u8 *addr);
3249 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3250 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3251 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3252 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3253 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3254 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3255 u64 cookie);
3256 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3257 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3258 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3259 u32 changes);
3260
3261 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3262 struct net_device *dev,
3263 const bool enabled);
3264
3265 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3266 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3267 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3268 const u8 *aa);
3269 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3270 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3271
3272 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3273 struct net_device *dev,
3274 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3275 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3276 const bool noencrypt);
3277};
3278
3279/*
3280 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3281 * and registration/helper functions
3282 */
3283
3284/**
3285 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3286 *
3287 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3288 * wiphy at all
3289 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3290 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3291 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3292 * reason to override the default
3293 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3294 * on a VLAN interface)
3295 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3296 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3297 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3298 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3299 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3300 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3301 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3302 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3303 * firmware.
3304 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3305 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3306 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3307 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3308 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3309 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3310 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3311 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3312 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3313 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3314 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3315 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3316 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3317 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3318 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3319 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3320 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3321 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3322 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3323 * before connection.
3324 */
3325enum wiphy_flags {
3326 /* use hole at 0 */
3327 /* use hole at 1 */
3328 /* use hole at 2 */
3329 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
3330 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
3331 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
3332 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
3333 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
3334 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
3335 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
3336 /* use hole at 11 */
3337 /* use hole at 12 */
3338 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
3339 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
3340 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
3341 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
3342 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
3343 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
3344 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
3345 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
3346 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
3347 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
3348 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
3349 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24),
3350};
3351
3352/**
3353 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
3354 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
3355 * @types: interface types (bits)
3356 */
3357struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
3358 u16 max;
3359 u16 types;
3360};
3361
3362/**
3363 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
3364 *
3365 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
3366 * combinations it supports concurrently.
3367 *
3368 * Examples:
3369 *
3370 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
3371 *
3372 * .. code-block:: c
3373 *
3374 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
3375 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3376 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
3377 * };
3378 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
3379 * .limits = limits1,
3380 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
3381 * .max_interfaces = 2,
3382 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
3383 * };
3384 *
3385 *
3386 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
3387 *
3388 * .. code-block:: c
3389 *
3390 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
3391 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
3392 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
3393 * };
3394 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
3395 * .limits = limits2,
3396 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
3397 * .max_interfaces = 8,
3398 * .num_different_channels = 1,
3399 * };
3400 *
3401 *
3402 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
3403 *
3404 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
3405 *
3406 * .. code-block:: c
3407 *
3408 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
3409 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3410 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
3411 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
3412 * };
3413 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
3414 * .limits = limits3,
3415 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
3416 * .max_interfaces = 4,
3417 * .num_different_channels = 2,
3418 * };
3419 *
3420 */
3421struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
3422 /**
3423 * @limits:
3424 * limits for the given interface types
3425 */
3426 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
3427
3428 /**
3429 * @num_different_channels:
3430 * can use up to this many different channels
3431 */
3432 u32 num_different_channels;
3433
3434 /**
3435 * @max_interfaces:
3436 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
3437 */
3438 u16 max_interfaces;
3439
3440 /**
3441 * @n_limits:
3442 * number of limitations
3443 */
3444 u8 n_limits;
3445
3446 /**
3447 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
3448 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
3449 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
3450 */
3451 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
3452
3453 /**
3454 * @radar_detect_widths:
3455 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
3456 */
3457 u8 radar_detect_widths;
3458
3459 /**
3460 * @radar_detect_regions:
3461 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
3462 */
3463 u8 radar_detect_regions;
3464
3465 /**
3466 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
3467 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
3468 *
3469 * = 0
3470 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
3471 * > 0
3472 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
3473 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
3474 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
3475 */
3476 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
3477};
3478
3479struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
3480 u16 tx, rx;
3481};
3482
3483/**
3484 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
3485 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
3486 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
3487 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
3488 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
3489 * packet should be preserved in that case
3490 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
3491 * (see nl80211.h)
3492 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
3493 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
3494 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
3495 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
3496 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
3497 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
3498 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
3499 */
3500enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
3501 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
3502 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
3503 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
3504 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
3505 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
3506 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
3507 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
3508 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
3509 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
3510};
3511
3512struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
3513 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
3514 u32 data_payload_max;
3515 u32 data_interval_max;
3516 u32 wake_payload_max;
3517 bool seq;
3518};
3519
3520/**
3521 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
3522 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
3523 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
3524 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
3525 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
3526 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
3527 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
3528 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
3529 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
3530 * scheduled scans.
3531 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
3532 * details.
3533 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
3534 */
3535struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
3536 u32 flags;
3537 int n_patterns;
3538 int pattern_max_len;
3539 int pattern_min_len;
3540 int max_pkt_offset;
3541 int max_nd_match_sets;
3542 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
3543};
3544
3545/**
3546 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
3547 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
3548 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
3549 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
3550 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
3551 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
3552 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
3553 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
3554 */
3555struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
3556 int n_rules;
3557 int max_delay;
3558 int n_patterns;
3559 int pattern_max_len;
3560 int pattern_min_len;
3561 int max_pkt_offset;
3562};
3563
3564/**
3565 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
3566 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
3567 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
3568 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
3569 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
3570 */
3571enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
3572 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
3573 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
3574 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
3575};
3576
3577/**
3578 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
3579 *
3580 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
3581 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
3582 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
3583 *
3584 */
3585enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
3586 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3587 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
3588 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
3589};
3590
3591/**
3592 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
3593 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
3594 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
3595 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
3596 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
3597 */
3598
3599struct sta_opmode_info {
3600 u32 changed;
3601 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
3602 enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
3603 u8 rx_nss;
3604};
3605
3606/**
3607 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
3608 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
3609 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
3610 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
3611 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
3612 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
3613 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
3614 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
3615 * dumpit calls.
3616 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
3617 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
3618 * are used with dump requests.
3619 */
3620struct wiphy_vendor_command {
3621 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
3622 u32 flags;
3623 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3624 const void *data, int data_len);
3625 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3626 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
3627 unsigned long *storage);
3628};
3629
3630/**
3631 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
3632 * @iftype: interface type
3633 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
3634 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
3635 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
3636 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
3637 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
3638 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
3639 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
3640 */
3641struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
3642 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
3643 const u8 *extended_capabilities;
3644 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
3645 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
3646};
3647
3648/**
3649 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
3650 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
3651 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
3652 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
3653 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
3654 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
3655 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
3656 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
3657 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
3658 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
3659 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
3660 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
3661 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
3662 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
3663 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
3664 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
3665 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
3666 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
3667 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
3668 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
3669 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
3670 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
3671 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
3672 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
3673 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
3674 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
3675 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
3676 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
3677 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
3678 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
3679 * unregister hardware
3680 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
3681 * automatically on wiphy renames
3682 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
3683 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
3684 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
3685 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
3686 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
3687 * must be set by driver
3688 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
3689 * list single interface types.
3690 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
3691 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
3692 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
3693 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
3694 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
3695 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
3696 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
3697 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
3698 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
3699 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
3700 * this variable determines its size
3701 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
3702 * any given scan
3703 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
3704 * the device can run concurrently.
3705 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
3706 * for in any given scheduled scan
3707 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
3708 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
3709 * supported.
3710 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
3711 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
3712 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
3713 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
3714 * scans
3715 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
3716 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
3717 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
3718 * single scan plan supported by the device.
3719 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
3720 * scan plan supported by the device.
3721 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
3722 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
3723 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
3724 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
3725 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
3726 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
3727 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
3728 *
3729 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
3730 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
3731 * type
3732 *
3733 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
3734 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
3735 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
3736 *
3737 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
3738 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
3739 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
3740 *
3741 * @probe_resp_offload:
3742 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
3743 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
3744 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
3745 *
3746 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
3747 * may request, if implemented.
3748 *
3749 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
3750 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
3751 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
3752 * to the suspend() operation instead.
3753 *
3754 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
3755 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
3756 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3757 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
3758 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3759 *
3760 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
3761 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
3762 *
3763 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
3764 * supports for ACL.
3765 *
3766 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
3767 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
3768 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
3769 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
3770 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
3771 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
3772 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
3773 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
3774 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
3775 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
3776 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
3777 * capabilities are specified separately.
3778 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
3779 *
3780 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
3781 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
3782 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
3783 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
3784 *
3785 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
3786 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
3787 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
3788 * some cases, but may not always reach.
3789 *
3790 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
3791 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
3792 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
3793 * infinite.
3794 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
3795 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
3796 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
3797 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
3798 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
3799 * This value should be set in MHz.
3800 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
3801 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
3802 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
3803 *
3804 * @cookie_counter: unique generic cookie counter, used to identify objects.
3805 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
3806 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
3807 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3808 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3809 */
3810struct wiphy {
3811 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
3812
3813 /* permanent MAC address(es) */
3814 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
3815 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
3816
3817 struct mac_address *addresses;
3818
3819 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
3820
3821 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
3822 int n_iface_combinations;
3823 u16 software_iftypes;
3824
3825 u16 n_addresses;
3826
3827 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
3828 u16 interface_modes;
3829
3830 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
3831
3832 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
3833 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
3834
3835 u32 ap_sme_capa;
3836
3837 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
3838
3839 int bss_priv_size;
3840 u8 max_scan_ssids;
3841 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
3842 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
3843 u8 max_match_sets;
3844 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
3845 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
3846 u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
3847 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
3848 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
3849
3850 int n_cipher_suites;
3851 const u32 *cipher_suites;
3852
3853 u8 retry_short;
3854 u8 retry_long;
3855 u32 frag_threshold;
3856 u32 rts_threshold;
3857 u8 coverage_class;
3858
3859 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
3860 u32 hw_version;
3861
3862#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3863 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
3864 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
3865#endif
3866
3867 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
3868
3869 u8 max_num_pmkids;
3870
3871 u32 available_antennas_tx;
3872 u32 available_antennas_rx;
3873
3874 /*
3875 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
3876 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
3877 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
3878 */
3879 u32 probe_resp_offload;
3880
3881 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
3882 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
3883
3884 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
3885 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
3886
3887 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
3888 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
3889 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
3890 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
3891 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
3892 const void *privid;
3893
3894 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
3895
3896 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
3897 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3898 struct regulatory_request *request);
3899
3900 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
3901
3902 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
3903
3904 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
3905 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
3906 struct device dev;
3907
3908 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
3909 bool registered;
3910
3911 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
3912 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
3913
3914 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
3915 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
3916
3917 struct list_head wdev_list;
3918
3919 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
3920 possible_net_t _net;
3921
3922#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
3923 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
3924#endif
3925
3926 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
3927
3928 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
3929 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
3930 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
3931
3932 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
3933
3934 u8 max_num_csa_counters;
3935 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
3936
3937 u32 bss_select_support;
3938
3939 u64 cookie_counter;
3940
3941 u8 nan_supported_bands;
3942
3943 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
3944};
3945
3946static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3947{
3948 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
3949}
3950
3951static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
3952{
3953 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
3954}
3955
3956/**
3957 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
3958 *
3959 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
3960 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
3961 */
3962static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3963{
3964 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
3965 return &wiphy->priv;
3966}
3967
3968/**
3969 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
3970 *
3971 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
3972 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
3973 */
3974static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
3975{
3976 BUG_ON(!priv);
3977 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
3978}
3979
3980/**
3981 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
3982 *
3983 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
3984 * @dev: The device to parent it to
3985 */
3986static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
3987{
3988 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
3989}
3990
3991/**
3992 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
3993 *
3994 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
3995 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
3996 */
3997static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3998{
3999 return wiphy->dev.parent;
4000}
4001
4002/**
4003 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4004 *
4005 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4006 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4007 */
4008static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4009{
4010 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4011}
4012
4013/**
4014 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4015 *
4016 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4017 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4018 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4019 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4020 *
4021 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4022 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4023 *
4024 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4025 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4026 */
4027struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4028 const char *requested_name);
4029
4030/**
4031 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4032 *
4033 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4034 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4035 *
4036 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4037 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4038 *
4039 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4040 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4041 */
4042static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4043 int sizeof_priv)
4044{
4045 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4046}
4047
4048/**
4049 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4050 *
4051 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4052 *
4053 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4054 */
4055int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4056
4057/**
4058 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4059 *
4060 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4061 *
4062 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4063 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4064 * request that is being handled.
4065 */
4066void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4067
4068/**
4069 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4070 *
4071 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4072 */
4073void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4074
4075/* internal structs */
4076struct cfg80211_conn;
4077struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4078struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4079struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4080
4081/**
4082 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4083 *
4084 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4085 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4086 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4087 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4088 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4089 *
4090 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4091 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4092 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4093 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4094 *
4095 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4096 * @iftype: interface type
4097 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4098 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4099 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4100 * wireless device if it has no netdev
4101 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4102 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4103 * the user-set channel definition.
4104 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4105 * track the channel to be used for AP later
4106 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4107 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4108 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4109 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4110 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4111 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4112 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4113 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4114 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4115 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
4116 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4117 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4118 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4119 * and some API functions require it held
4120 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4121 * beacons, 0 when not valid
4122 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4123 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4124 * the P2P Device.
4125 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4126 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4127 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4128 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4129 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4130 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4131 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4132 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4133 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4134 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4135 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4136 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4137 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4138 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4139 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4140 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4141 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4142 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4143 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4144 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4145 */
4146struct wireless_dev {
4147 struct wiphy *wiphy;
4148 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4149
4150 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4151 struct list_head list;
4152 struct net_device *netdev;
4153
4154 u32 identifier;
4155
4156 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4157 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4158
4159 struct mutex mtx;
4160
4161 bool use_4addr, is_running;
4162
4163 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4164
4165 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4166 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4167 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4168 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4169 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4170 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4171 u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4172
4173 struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4174 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4175
4176 struct list_head event_list;
4177 spinlock_t event_lock;
4178
4179 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4180 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4181 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4182
4183 bool ibss_fixed;
4184 bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4185
4186 bool ps;
4187 int ps_timeout;
4188
4189 int beacon_interval;
4190
4191 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4192
4193 u32 owner_nlportid;
4194 bool nl_owner_dead;
4195
4196 bool cac_started;
4197 unsigned long cac_start_time;
4198 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4199
4200#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4201 /* wext data */
4202 struct {
4203 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4204 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4205 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4206 const u8 *ie;
4207 size_t ie_len;
4208 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4209 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4210 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4211 bool prev_bssid_valid;
4212 } wext;
4213#endif
4214
4215 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4216};
4217
4218static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4219{
4220 if (wdev->netdev)
4221 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4222 return wdev->address;
4223}
4224
4225static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4226{
4227 if (wdev->netdev)
4228 return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4229 return wdev->is_running;
4230}
4231
4232/**
4233 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4234 *
4235 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4236 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4237 */
4238static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4239{
4240 BUG_ON(!wdev);
4241 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
4242}
4243
4244/**
4245 * DOC: Utility functions
4246 *
4247 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
4248 */
4249
4250/**
4251 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
4252 * @chan: channel number
4253 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
4254 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
4255 */
4256int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
4257
4258/**
4259 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
4260 * @freq: center frequency
4261 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
4262 */
4263int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
4264
4265/**
4266 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
4267 *
4268 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
4269 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
4270 *
4271 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
4272 */
4273struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
4274
4275/**
4276 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
4277 *
4278 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4279 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
4280 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
4281 *
4282 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
4283 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
4284 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
4285 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
4286 */
4287struct ieee80211_rate *
4288ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4289 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
4290
4291/**
4292 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
4293 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4294 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
4295 *
4296 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
4297 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
4298 */
4299u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4300 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
4301
4302/*
4303 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
4304 *
4305 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
4306 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
4307 */
4308
4309struct radiotap_align_size {
4310 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
4311};
4312
4313struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
4314 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
4315 int n_bits;
4316 uint32_t oui;
4317 uint8_t subns;
4318};
4319
4320struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
4321 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
4322 int n_ns;
4323};
4324
4325/**
4326 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
4327 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
4328 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
4329 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
4330 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
4331 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
4332 * the beginning of the actual data portion
4333 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
4334 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
4335 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
4336 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
4337 * radiotap namespace or not
4338 *
4339 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
4340 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
4341 * @_arg_index: next argument index
4342 * @_arg: next argument pointer
4343 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
4344 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
4345 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
4346 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
4347 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
4348 * next bitmap word
4349 *
4350 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
4351 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
4352 */
4353
4354struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
4355 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
4356 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
4357 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
4358
4359 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
4360 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
4361
4362 unsigned char *this_arg;
4363 int this_arg_index;
4364 int this_arg_size;
4365
4366 int is_radiotap_ns;
4367
4368 int _max_length;
4369 int _arg_index;
4370 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
4371 int _reset_on_ext;
4372};
4373
4374int
4375ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
4376 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
4377 int max_length,
4378 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
4379
4380int
4381ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
4382
4383
4384extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
4385extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
4386
4387/**
4388 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
4389 *
4390 * @skb: the frame
4391 *
4392 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
4393 * returns the 802.11 header length.
4394 *
4395 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
4396 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
4397 * 802.11 header.
4398 */
4399unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
4400
4401/**
4402 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
4403 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
4404 * Return: The header length in bytes.
4405 */
4406unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
4407
4408/**
4409 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
4410 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
4411 * (first byte) will be accessed
4412 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
4413 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
4414 */
4415unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
4416
4417/**
4418 * DOC: Data path helpers
4419 *
4420 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
4421 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
4422 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
4423 */
4424
4425/**
4426 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
4427 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
4428 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
4429 * of it being pushed into the SKB
4430 * @addr: the device MAC address
4431 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4432 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
4433 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4434 */
4435int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
4436 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
4437 u8 data_offset);
4438
4439/**
4440 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
4441 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
4442 * @addr: the device MAC address
4443 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4444 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4445 */
4446static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
4447 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
4448{
4449 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
4450}
4451
4452/**
4453 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
4454 *
4455 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
4456 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
4457 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
4458 *
4459 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
4460 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
4461 * initialized by by the caller.
4462 * @addr: The device MAC address.
4463 * @iftype: The device interface type.
4464 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
4465 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
4466 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
4467 */
4468void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
4469 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
4470 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
4471 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
4472
4473/**
4474 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
4475 * @skb: the data frame
4476 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
4477 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
4478 */
4479unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
4480 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4481
4482/**
4483 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
4484 *
4485 * @eid: element ID
4486 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4487 * @len: length of data
4488 * @match: byte array to match
4489 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
4490 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
4491 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
4492 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
4493 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
4494 * the second byte is the IE length.
4495 *
4496 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
4497 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4498 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
4499 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
4500 * element ID.
4501 *
4502 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4503 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
4504 * byte array to match.
4505 */
4506const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len,
4507 const u8 *match, int match_len,
4508 int match_offset);
4509
4510/**
4511 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
4512 *
4513 * @eid: element ID
4514 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4515 * @len: length of data
4516 *
4517 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
4518 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4519 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
4520 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
4521 *
4522 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4523 * having to fit into the given data.
4524 */
4525static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
4526{
4527 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
4528}
4529
4530/**
4531 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
4532 *
4533 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
4534 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4535 * @len: length of data
4536 *
4537 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
4538 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
4539 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
4540 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
4541 *
4542 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
4543 * having to fit into the given data.
4544 */
4545static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
4546{
4547 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
4548 &ext_eid, 1, 2);
4549}
4550
4551/**
4552 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
4553 *
4554 * @oui: vendor OUI
4555 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
4556 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
4557 * @len: length of data
4558 *
4559 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
4560 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
4561 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
4562 * element ID.
4563 *
4564 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
4565 * the given data.
4566 */
4567const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
4568 const u8 *ies, int len);
4569
4570/**
4571 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
4572 *
4573 * TODO
4574 */
4575
4576/**
4577 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
4578 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
4579 * conflicts)
4580 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
4581 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
4582 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
4583 * alpha2.
4584 *
4585 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
4586 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
4587 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
4588 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
4589 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
4590 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
4591 *
4592 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
4593 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
4594 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
4595 *
4596 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
4597 * an -ENOMEM.
4598 *
4599 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
4600 */
4601int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
4602
4603/**
4604 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
4605 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4606 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
4607 *
4608 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
4609 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
4610 * information.
4611 *
4612 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
4613 */
4614int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4615 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
4616
4617/**
4618 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
4619 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4620 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
4621 *
4622 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
4623 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
4624 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
4625 *
4626 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
4627 */
4628int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4629 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
4630
4631/**
4632 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
4633 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
4634 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
4635 *
4636 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
4637 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
4638 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
4639 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
4640 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
4641 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
4642 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
4643 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
4644 * that called this helper.
4645 */
4646void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4647 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
4648
4649/**
4650 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
4651 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
4652 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
4653 *
4654 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
4655 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
4656 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
4657 * and processed already.
4658 *
4659 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
4660 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
4661 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
4662 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
4663 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
4664 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
4665 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
4666 */
4667const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4668 u32 center_freq);
4669
4670/**
4671 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
4672 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
4673 *
4674 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
4675 * proper string representation.
4676 */
4677const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
4678
4679/**
4680 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
4681 *
4682 */
4683
4684/**
4685 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
4686 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
4687 *
4688 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
4689 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
4690 * @ptr: pointer where the regdb wmm data is to be stored (or %NULL if
4691 * irrelevant). This can be used later for deduplication.
4692 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
4693 *
4694 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
4695 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
4696 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
4697 *
4698 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
4699 * an -ENODATA.
4700 *
4701 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
4702 */
4703int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, u32 *ptr,
4704 struct ieee80211_wmm_rule *rule);
4705
4706/*
4707 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
4708 * functions and BSS handling helpers
4709 */
4710
4711/**
4712 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
4713 *
4714 * @request: the corresponding scan request
4715 * @info: information about the completed scan
4716 */
4717void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
4718 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
4719
4720/**
4721 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
4722 *
4723 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
4724 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4725 */
4726void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4727
4728/**
4729 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
4730 *
4731 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4732 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4733 *
4734 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
4735 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
4736 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
4737 */
4738void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4739
4740/**
4741 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
4742 *
4743 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4744 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4745 *
4746 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
4747 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
4748 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
4749 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
4750 */
4751void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4752
4753/**
4754 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
4755 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4756 * @data: the BSS metadata
4757 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
4758 * @len: length of the management frame
4759 * @gfp: context flags
4760 *
4761 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
4762 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4763 *
4764 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
4765 * Or %NULL on error.
4766 */
4767struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4768cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4769 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
4770 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4771 gfp_t gfp);
4772
4773static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4774cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4775 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4776 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4777 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4778 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4779{
4780 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4781 .chan = rx_channel,
4782 .scan_width = scan_width,
4783 .signal = signal,
4784 };
4785
4786 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4787}
4788
4789static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4790cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4791 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4792 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4793 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4794{
4795 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4796 .chan = rx_channel,
4797 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4798 .signal = signal,
4799 };
4800
4801 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4802}
4803
4804/**
4805 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
4806 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
4807 * from a beacon or probe response
4808 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
4809 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
4810 */
4811enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
4812 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
4813 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
4814 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
4815};
4816
4817/**
4818 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
4819 *
4820 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4821 * @data: the BSS metadata
4822 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
4823 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
4824 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
4825 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
4826 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
4827 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
4828 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
4829 * @gfp: context flags
4830 *
4831 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
4832 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4833 *
4834 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
4835 * Or %NULL on error.
4836 */
4837struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4838cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4839 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
4840 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4841 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4842 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4843 gfp_t gfp);
4844
4845static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4846cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4847 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4848 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4849 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4850 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4851 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4852 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4853{
4854 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4855 .chan = rx_channel,
4856 .scan_width = scan_width,
4857 .signal = signal,
4858 };
4859
4860 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
4861 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
4862 gfp);
4863}
4864
4865static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4866cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4867 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4868 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4869 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4870 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4871 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4872{
4873 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4874 .chan = rx_channel,
4875 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4876 .signal = signal,
4877 };
4878
4879 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
4880 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
4881 gfp);
4882}
4883
4884/**
4885 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
4886 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4887 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
4888 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
4889 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
4890 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
4891 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
4892 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
4893 */
4894struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4895 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4896 const u8 *bssid,
4897 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
4898 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
4899 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
4900static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
4901cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4902 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4903 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
4904{
4905 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
4906 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
4907 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
4908}
4909
4910/**
4911 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
4912 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4913 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
4914 *
4915 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
4916 */
4917void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4918
4919/**
4920 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
4921 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4922 * @bss: the BSS struct
4923 *
4924 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
4925 */
4926void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4927
4928/**
4929 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
4930 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4931 * @bss: the bss to remove
4932 *
4933 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
4934 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
4935 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
4936 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
4937 */
4938void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4939
4940static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
4941cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
4942{
4943 switch (chandef->width) {
4944 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
4945 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
4946 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
4947 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
4948 default:
4949 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
4950 }
4951}
4952
4953/**
4954 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
4955 * @dev: network device
4956 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4957 * @len: length of the frame data
4958 *
4959 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
4960 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
4961 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
4962 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4963 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
4964 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4965 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
4966 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
4967 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
4968 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
4969 *
4970 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4971 */
4972void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4973
4974/**
4975 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
4976 * @dev: network device
4977 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
4978 *
4979 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
4980 * mutex.
4981 */
4982void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
4983
4984/**
4985 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
4986 * @dev: network device
4987 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
4988 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
4989 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4990 * @len: length of the frame data
4991 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
4992 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
4993 *
4994 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
4995 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4996 *
4997 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4998 */
4999void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5000 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5001 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5002 int uapsd_queues);
5003
5004/**
5005 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5006 * @dev: network device
5007 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5008 *
5009 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5010 */
5011void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5012
5013/**
5014 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5015 * @dev: network device
5016 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5017 *
5018 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5019 * an association attempt was abandoned.
5020 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5021 */
5022void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5023
5024/**
5025 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5026 * @dev: network device
5027 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5028 * @len: length of the frame data
5029 *
5030 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5031 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5032 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5033 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5034 */
5035void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5036
5037/**
5038 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5039 * @dev: network device
5040 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5041 * @len: length of the frame data
5042 *
5043 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5044 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5045 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
5046 */
5047void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5048 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5049
5050/**
5051 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
5052 * @dev: network device
5053 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
5054 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
5055 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
5056 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
5057 * @gfp: allocation flags
5058 *
5059 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
5060 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
5061 * primitive.
5062 */
5063void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5064 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
5065 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
5066
5067/**
5068 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
5069 *
5070 * @dev: network device
5071 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
5072 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
5073 * @gfp: allocation flags
5074 *
5075 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
5076 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
5077 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
5078 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
5079 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
5080 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
5081 */
5082void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5083 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
5084
5085/**
5086 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
5087 *
5088 * @dev: network device
5089 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
5090 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
5091 * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer
5092 * @gfp: allocation flags
5093 *
5094 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
5095 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
5096 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
5097 */
5098void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
5099 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
5100
5101/**
5102 * DOC: RFkill integration
5103 *
5104 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
5105 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
5106 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
5107 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
5108 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
5109 *
5110 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
5111 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
5112 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
5113 */
5114
5115/**
5116 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
5117 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5118 * @blocked: block status
5119 */
5120void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
5121
5122/**
5123 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
5124 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5125 */
5126void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5127
5128/**
5129 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
5130 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5131 */
5132void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5133
5134/**
5135 * DOC: Vendor commands
5136 *
5137 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
5138 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
5139 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
5140 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
5141 * the configuration mechanism.
5142 *
5143 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
5144 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
5145 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
5146 *
5147 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
5148 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
5149 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
5150 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
5151 * managers etc. need.
5152 */
5153
5154struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5155 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5156 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5157 int approxlen);
5158
5159struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5160 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5161 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5162 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5163 int vendor_event_idx,
5164 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
5165
5166void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
5167
5168/**
5169 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
5170 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5171 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5172 * be put into the skb
5173 *
5174 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5175 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5176 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
5177 *
5178 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
5179 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5180 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5181 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5182 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5183 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
5184 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
5185 *
5186 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
5187 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
5188 *
5189 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5190 */
5191static inline struct sk_buff *
5192cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5193{
5194 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5195 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
5196}
5197
5198/**
5199 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
5200 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5201 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
5202 *
5203 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5204 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
5205 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
5206 * skb regardless of the return value.
5207 *
5208 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5209 */
5210int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
5211
5212/**
5213 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
5214 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5215 * @wdev: the wireless device
5216 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
5217 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5218 * be put into the skb
5219 * @gfp: allocation flags
5220 *
5221 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
5222 * vendor-specific multicast group.
5223 *
5224 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
5225 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
5226 * attribute.
5227 *
5228 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
5229 * skb to send the event.
5230 *
5231 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5232 */
5233static inline struct sk_buff *
5234cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5235 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
5236{
5237 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5238 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
5239 event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
5240}
5241
5242/**
5243 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
5244 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
5245 * @gfp: allocation flags
5246 *
5247 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
5248 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
5249 */
5250static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
5251{
5252 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
5253}
5254
5255#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
5256/**
5257 * DOC: Test mode
5258 *
5259 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
5260 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
5261 * factory programming.
5262 *
5263 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
5264 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
5265 */
5266
5267/**
5268 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
5269 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5270 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5271 * be put into the skb
5272 *
5273 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5274 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5275 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
5276 *
5277 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
5278 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5279 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5280 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5281 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5282 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
5283 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
5284 *
5285 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
5286 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
5287 *
5288 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5289 */
5290static inline struct sk_buff *
5291cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5292{
5293 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
5294 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
5295}
5296
5297/**
5298 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
5299 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5300 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
5301 *
5302 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5303 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
5304 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
5305 * regardless of the return value.
5306 *
5307 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5308 */
5309static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
5310{
5311 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
5312}
5313
5314/**
5315 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
5316 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5317 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5318 * be put into the skb
5319 * @gfp: allocation flags
5320 *
5321 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
5322 * testmode multicast group.
5323 *
5324 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
5325 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
5326 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
5327 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
5328 * in any other way.
5329 *
5330 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
5331 * skb to send the event.
5332 *
5333 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5334 */
5335static inline struct sk_buff *
5336cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
5337{
5338 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
5339 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, -1,
5340 approxlen, gfp);
5341}
5342
5343/**
5344 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
5345 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5346 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
5347 * @gfp: allocation flags
5348 *
5349 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
5350 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
5351 * consumes it.
5352 */
5353static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
5354{
5355 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
5356}
5357
5358#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
5359#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
5360#else
5361#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
5362#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
5363#endif
5364
5365/**
5366 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
5367 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5368 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5369 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
5370 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
5371 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
5372 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
5373 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
5374 * case.
5375 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
5376 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
5377 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and
5378 * @bss needs to be specified.
5379 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
5380 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
5381 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5382 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
5383 * @fils_kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
5384 * @fils_kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
5385 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
5386 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num is valid.
5387 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
5388 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
5389 * status for a FILS connection.
5390 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
5391 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
5392 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
5393 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
5394 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
5395 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
5396 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
5397 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
5398 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
5399 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
5400 */
5401struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
5402 int status;
5403 const u8 *bssid;
5404 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
5405 const u8 *req_ie;
5406 size_t req_ie_len;
5407 const u8 *resp_ie;
5408 size_t resp_ie_len;
5409 const u8 *fils_kek;
5410 size_t fils_kek_len;
5411 bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
5412 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
5413 const u8 *pmk;
5414 size_t pmk_len;
5415 const u8 *pmkid;
5416 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
5417};
5418
5419/**
5420 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5421 *
5422 * @dev: network device
5423 * @params: connection response parameters
5424 * @gfp: allocation flags
5425 *
5426 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5427 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5428 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
5429 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
5430 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
5431 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5432 */
5433void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
5434 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
5435 gfp_t gfp);
5436
5437/**
5438 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5439 *
5440 * @dev: network device
5441 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5442 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained
5443 * through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL)
5444 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5445 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5446 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5447 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5448 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5449 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5450 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
5451 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
5452 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
5453 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
5454 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
5455 * case.
5456 * @gfp: allocation flags
5457 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
5458 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
5459 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
5460 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
5461 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
5462 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
5463 *
5464 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5465 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5466 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
5467 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
5468 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5469 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5470 */
5471static inline void
5472cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5473 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
5474 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
5475 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
5476 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
5477{
5478 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
5479
5480 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params));
5481 params.status = status;
5482 params.bssid = bssid;
5483 params.bss = bss;
5484 params.req_ie = req_ie;
5485 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
5486 params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
5487 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
5488 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
5489
5490 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp);
5491}
5492
5493/**
5494 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
5495 *
5496 * @dev: network device
5497 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5498 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5499 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5500 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5501 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5502 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
5503 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
5504 * the real status code for failures.
5505 * @gfp: allocation flags
5506 *
5507 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
5508 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
5509 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
5510 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5511 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5512 */
5513static inline void
5514cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5515 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
5516 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
5517 u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
5518{
5519 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
5520 resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
5521 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
5522}
5523
5524/**
5525 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
5526 *
5527 * @dev: network device
5528 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5529 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5530 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5531 * @gfp: allocation flags
5532 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
5533 *
5534 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
5535 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
5536 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
5537 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
5538 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
5539 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
5540 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5541 */
5542static inline void
5543cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5544 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
5545 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
5546{
5547 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
5548 gfp, timeout_reason);
5549}
5550
5551/**
5552 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
5553 *
5554 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
5555 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
5556 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
5557 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
5558 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
5559 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
5560 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5561 */
5562struct cfg80211_roam_info {
5563 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
5564 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
5565 const u8 *bssid;
5566 const u8 *req_ie;
5567 size_t req_ie_len;
5568 const u8 *resp_ie;
5569 size_t resp_ie_len;
5570};
5571
5572/**
5573 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
5574 *
5575 * @dev: network device
5576 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
5577 * @gfp: allocation flags
5578 *
5579 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
5580 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
5581 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
5582 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
5583 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
5584 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
5585 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
5586 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
5587 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
5588 * released while diconneting from the current bss.
5589 */
5590void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
5591 gfp_t gfp);
5592
5593/**
5594 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
5595 *
5596 * @dev: network device
5597 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
5598 * @gfp: allocation flags
5599 *
5600 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
5601 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
5602 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
5603 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
5604 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
5605 * indicate the 802.11 association.
5606 */
5607void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5608 gfp_t gfp);
5609
5610/**
5611 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
5612 *
5613 * @dev: network device
5614 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
5615 * @ie_len: length of IEs
5616 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
5617 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
5618 * @gfp: allocation flags
5619 *
5620 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
5621 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
5622 */
5623void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
5624 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
5625 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
5626
5627/**
5628 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
5629 * @wdev: wireless device
5630 * @cookie: the request cookie
5631 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
5632 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
5633 * channel
5634 * @gfp: allocation flags
5635 */
5636void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5637 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
5638 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
5639
5640/**
5641 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5642 * @wdev: wireless device
5643 * @cookie: the request cookie
5644 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
5645 * @gfp: allocation flags
5646 */
5647void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5648 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
5649 gfp_t gfp);
5650
5651
5652/**
5653 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
5654 *
5655 * @dev: the netdev
5656 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5657 * @sinfo: the station information
5658 * @gfp: allocation flags
5659 */
5660void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5661 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
5662
5663/**
5664 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
5665 * @dev: the netdev
5666 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5667 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
5668 * @gfp: allocation flags
5669 */
5670void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5671 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
5672
5673/**
5674 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
5675 *
5676 * @dev: the netdev
5677 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5678 * @gfp: allocation flags
5679 */
5680static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
5681 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
5682{
5683 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
5684}
5685
5686/**
5687 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
5688 *
5689 * @dev: the netdev
5690 * @mac_addr: the station's address
5691 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
5692 * @gfp: allocation flags
5693 *
5694 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
5695 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
5696 * for some reasons, this function is called.
5697 *
5698 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
5699 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
5700 */
5701void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
5702 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
5703 gfp_t gfp);
5704
5705/**
5706 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
5707 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
5708 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
5709 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
5710 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
5711 * @len: length of the frame data
5712 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
5713 *
5714 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
5715 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
5716 *
5717 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
5718 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
5719 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
5720 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
5721 */
5722bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
5723 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
5724
5725/**
5726 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
5727 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
5728 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
5729 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
5730 * @len: length of the frame data
5731 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
5732 * @gfp: context flags
5733 *
5734 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
5735 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
5736 * transmission attempt.
5737 */
5738void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5739 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
5740
5741
5742/**
5743 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
5744 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5745 * @buf: control port frame
5746 * @len: length of the frame data
5747 * @addr: The peer from which the frame was received
5748 * @proto: frame protocol, typically PAE or Pre-authentication
5749 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
5750 *
5751 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
5752 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
5753 * control port frames over nl80211.
5754 *
5755 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
5756 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
5757 *
5758 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
5759 */
5760bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
5761 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5762 const u8 *addr, u16 proto, bool unencrypted);
5763
5764/**
5765 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
5766 * @dev: network device
5767 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
5768 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
5769 * @gfp: context flags
5770 *
5771 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
5772 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
5773 */
5774void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5775 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
5776 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
5777
5778/**
5779 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
5780 * @dev: network device
5781 * @peer: peer's MAC address
5782 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
5783 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
5784 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
5785 * @gfp: context flags
5786 */
5787void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5788 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
5789
5790/**
5791 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
5792 * @dev: network device
5793 * @peer: peer's MAC address
5794 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
5795 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
5796 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
5797 * @gfp: context flags
5798 *
5799 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
5800 * given interval is exceeded.
5801 */
5802void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
5803 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
5804
5805/**
5806 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
5807 * @dev: network device
5808 * @gfp: context flags
5809 *
5810 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
5811 */
5812void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
5813
5814/**
5815 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
5816 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5817 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
5818 * @gfp: context flags
5819 *
5820 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
5821 */
5822void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5823 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
5824
5825/**
5826 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
5827 * @dev: network device
5828 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
5829 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
5830 * @gfp: context flags
5831 *
5832 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
5833 * frame.
5834 */
5835void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
5836 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
5837 gfp_t gfp);
5838
5839/**
5840 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
5841 * @netdev: network device
5842 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
5843 * @event: type of event
5844 * @gfp: context flags
5845 *
5846 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
5847 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
5848 * also by full-MAC drivers.
5849 */
5850void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
5851 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5852 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
5853
5854
5855/**
5856 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
5857 * @dev: network device
5858 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
5859 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
5860 * @gfp: allocation flags
5861 */
5862void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5863 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5864
5865/**
5866 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
5867 * @dev: network device
5868 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
5869 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
5870 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
5871 * @gfp: allocation flags
5872 */
5873void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
5874 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
5875
5876/**
5877 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
5878 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5879 * @addr: the transmitter address
5880 * @gfp: context flags
5881 *
5882 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
5883 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
5884 * sender.
5885 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
5886 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
5887 */
5888bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
5889 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
5890
5891/**
5892 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
5893 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
5894 * @addr: the transmitter address
5895 * @gfp: context flags
5896 *
5897 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
5898 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
5899 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
5900 * station to avoid event flooding.
5901 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
5902 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
5903 */
5904bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
5905 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
5906
5907/**
5908 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
5909 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
5910 * @addr: the address of the peer
5911 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
5912 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
5913 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
5914 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
5915 * @gfp: allocation flags
5916 */
5917void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5918 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
5919 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
5920
5921/**
5922 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
5923 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
5924 * @frame: the frame
5925 * @len: length of the frame
5926 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
5927 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
5928 *
5929 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
5930 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
5931 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
5932 */
5933void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5934 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
5935 int freq, int sig_dbm);
5936
5937/**
5938 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
5939 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5940 * @chandef: the channel definition
5941 * @iftype: interface type
5942 *
5943 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
5944 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
5945 */
5946bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5947 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5948 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
5949
5950/**
5951 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
5952 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5953 * @chandef: the channel definition
5954 * @iftype: interface type
5955 *
5956 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
5957 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
5958 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
5959 * more permissive conditions.
5960 *
5961 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
5962 */
5963bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5964 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5965 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
5966
5967/*
5968 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
5969 * @dev: the device which switched channels
5970 * @chandef: the new channel definition
5971 *
5972 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
5973 * driver context!
5974 */
5975void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5976 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
5977
5978/*
5979 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
5980 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
5981 * @chandef: the future channel definition
5982 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
5983 *
5984 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
5985 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
5986 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
5987 */
5988void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5989 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5990 u8 count);
5991
5992/**
5993 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
5994 *
5995 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
5996 * @band: band pointer to fill
5997 *
5998 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
5999 */
6000bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
6001 enum nl80211_band *band);
6002
6003/**
6004 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
6005 *
6006 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
6007 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
6008 *
6009 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6010 */
6011bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6012 u8 *op_class);
6013
6014/*
6015 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
6016 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
6017 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
6018 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
6019 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
6020 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
6021 * @gfp: allocation flags
6022 *
6023 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
6024 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
6025 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
6026 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
6027 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
6028 */
6029void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6030 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6031 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
6032
6033/*
6034 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
6035 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
6036 *
6037 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
6038 */
6039u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
6040
6041/**
6042 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
6043 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
6044 *
6045 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
6046 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
6047 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
6048 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
6049 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
6050 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
6051 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
6052 *
6053 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6054 */
6055void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
6056
6057/**
6058 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
6059 * @ies: FT IEs
6060 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
6061 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
6062 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
6063 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
6064 */
6065struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
6066 const u8 *ies;
6067 size_t ies_len;
6068 const u8 *target_ap;
6069 const u8 *ric_ies;
6070 size_t ric_ies_len;
6071};
6072
6073/**
6074 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
6075 * @netdev: network device
6076 * @ft_event: IE information
6077 */
6078void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6079 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
6080
6081/**
6082 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
6083 * @ies: the input IE buffer
6084 * @len: the input length
6085 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
6086 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
6087 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
6088 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
6089 *
6090 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
6091 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
6092 *
6093 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
6094 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
6095 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
6096 */
6097int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6098 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
6099 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
6100
6101/**
6102 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
6103 * @ies: the IE buffer
6104 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6105 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6106 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6107 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6108 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6109 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
6110 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
6111 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6112 *
6113 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6114 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6115 * split.
6116 *
6117 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6118 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6119 *
6120 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6121 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6122 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6123 *
6124 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6125 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6126 * of the buffer should be used.
6127 */
6128size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6129 const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
6130 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
6131 size_t offset);
6132
6133/**
6134 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
6135 * @ies: the IE buffer
6136 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6137 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6138 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6139 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6140 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6141 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6142 *
6143 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6144 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6145 * split.
6146 *
6147 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6148 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6149 *
6150 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6151 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6152 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6153 *
6154 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6155 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6156 * of the buffer should be used.
6157 */
6158static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6159 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
6160{
6161 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
6162}
6163
6164/**
6165 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
6166 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
6167 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
6168 * @gfp: allocation flags
6169 *
6170 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
6171 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
6172 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
6173 * else caused the wakeup.
6174 */
6175void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6176 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6177 gfp_t gfp);
6178
6179/**
6180 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
6181 *
6182 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
6183 * @gfp: allocation flags
6184 *
6185 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
6186 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
6187 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
6188 */
6189void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
6190
6191/**
6192 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
6193 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6194 *
6195 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
6196 */
6197unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6198
6199/**
6200 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
6201 *
6202 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6203 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6204 *
6205 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
6206 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
6207 * the interface combinations.
6208 */
6209int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6210 struct iface_combination_params *params);
6211
6212/**
6213 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
6214 *
6215 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6216 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6217 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
6218 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
6219 *
6220 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
6221 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
6222 * purposes.
6223 */
6224int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6225 struct iface_combination_params *params,
6226 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
6227 void *data),
6228 void *data);
6229
6230/*
6231 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
6232 *
6233 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6234 * @wdev: wireless device
6235 * @gfp: context flags
6236 *
6237 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
6238 * disconnected.
6239 *
6240 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
6241 */
6242void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6243 gfp_t gfp);
6244
6245/**
6246 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
6247 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
6248 *
6249 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
6250 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
6251 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
6252 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
6253 *
6254 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
6255 * the driver while the function is running.
6256 */
6257void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6258
6259/**
6260 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
6261 *
6262 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
6263 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
6264 *
6265 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
6266 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
6267 */
6268static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6269 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
6270{
6271 u8 *ft_byte;
6272
6273 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
6274 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
6275}
6276
6277/**
6278 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
6279 *
6280 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
6281 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
6282 *
6283 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
6284 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
6285 */
6286static inline bool
6287wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6288 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
6289{
6290 u8 ft_byte;
6291
6292 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
6293 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
6294}
6295
6296/**
6297 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
6298 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
6299 *
6300 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
6301 */
6302void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
6303
6304/**
6305 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
6306 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
6307 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
6308 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
6309 * result.
6310 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
6311 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6312 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
6313 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
6314 * @info_len: the length of the &info
6315 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
6316 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
6317 */
6318struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
6319 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
6320 u8 inst_id;
6321 u8 peer_inst_id;
6322 const u8 *addr;
6323 u8 info_len;
6324 const u8 *info;
6325 u64 cookie;
6326};
6327
6328/**
6329 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
6330 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
6331 * @match: match notification parameters
6332 * @gfp: allocation flags
6333 *
6334 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
6335 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
6336 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
6337 */
6338void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6339 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
6340
6341/**
6342 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6343 *
6344 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
6345 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6346 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6347 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
6348 * @gfp: allocation flags
6349 *
6350 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
6351 */
6352void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6353 u8 inst_id,
6354 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6355 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
6356
6357/* ethtool helper */
6358void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
6359
6360/**
6361 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
6362 * @netdev: network device
6363 * @params: External authentication parameters
6364 * @gfp: allocation flags
6365 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
6366 */
6367int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
6368 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
6369 gfp_t gfp);
6370
6371/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
6372
6373/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
6374
6375#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
6376 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6377#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
6378 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6379#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
6380 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6381#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
6382 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6383#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
6384 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6385#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
6386 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6387#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
6388 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6389#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
6390 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6391
6392#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
6393 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
6394
6395#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
6396 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6397
6398#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
6399#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
6400#else
6401#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
6402({ \
6403 if (0) \
6404 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
6405 0; \
6406})
6407#endif
6408
6409/*
6410 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
6411 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
6412 * file/line information and a backtrace.
6413 */
6414#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
6415 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
6416
6417#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3#define __NET_CFG80211_H
4/*
5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6 *
7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
11 */
12
13#include <linux/netdevice.h>
14#include <linux/debugfs.h>
15#include <linux/list.h>
16#include <linux/bug.h>
17#include <linux/netlink.h>
18#include <linux/skbuff.h>
19#include <linux/nl80211.h>
20#include <linux/if_ether.h>
21#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22#include <linux/net.h>
23#include <net/regulatory.h>
24
25/**
26 * DOC: Introduction
27 *
28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34 *
35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36 * use restrictions.
37 */
38
39
40/**
41 * DOC: Device registration
42 *
43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45 * described below.
46 *
47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56 *
57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60 */
61
62struct wiphy;
63
64/*
65 * wireless hardware capability structures
66 */
67
68/**
69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70 *
71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72 *
73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78 * is not permitted.
79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80 * is not permitted.
81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86 * restrictions.
87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91 * restrictions.
92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95 * on this channel.
96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97 * on this channel.
98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
99 *
100 */
101enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
102 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
103 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
104 /* hole at 1<<2 */
105 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
111 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
112 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13,
116};
117
118#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
119 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
120
121#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
122#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
123
124/**
125 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
126 *
127 * This structure describes a single channel for use
128 * with cfg80211.
129 *
130 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
131 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
136 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
143 * @orig_mag: internal use
144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
146 * on this channel.
147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
149 */
150struct ieee80211_channel {
151 enum nl80211_band band;
152 u32 center_freq;
153 u16 freq_offset;
154 u16 hw_value;
155 u32 flags;
156 int max_antenna_gain;
157 int max_power;
158 int max_reg_power;
159 bool beacon_found;
160 u32 orig_flags;
161 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
162 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
163 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
164 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
165};
166
167/**
168 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
169 *
170 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
171 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
172 * different bands/PHY modes.
173 *
174 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
175 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
176 * with CCK rates.
177 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
178 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
179 * core code when registering the wiphy.
180 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
181 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
182 * core code when registering the wiphy.
183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
184 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
185 * core code when registering the wiphy.
186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
188 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
189 */
190enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
191 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
194 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
195 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
197 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
198};
199
200/**
201 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
202 *
203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
207 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
208 */
209enum ieee80211_bss_type {
210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
214 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
215};
216
217/**
218 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
219 *
220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
222 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
223 */
224enum ieee80211_privacy {
225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
227 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
228};
229
230#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
231 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
232
233/**
234 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
235 *
236 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
237 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
238 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
239 * passed around.
240 *
241 * @flags: rate-specific flags
242 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
243 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
244 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
245 * short preamble is used
246 */
247struct ieee80211_rate {
248 u32 flags;
249 u16 bitrate;
250 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
251};
252
253/**
254 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
255 *
256 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
257 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
258 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
259 */
260struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
261 bool enable;
262 u8 min_offset;
263 u8 max_offset;
264};
265
266/**
267 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
268 *
269 * @color: the current color.
270 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
271 * @partial: define the AID equation.
272 */
273struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
274 u8 color;
275 bool enabled;
276 bool partial;
277};
278
279/**
280 * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
281 *
282 * @color: the current color.
283 * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
284 * @partial: define the AID equation.
285 */
286struct ieee80211_he_bss_color {
287 u8 color;
288 bool disabled;
289 bool partial;
290};
291
292/**
293 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
294 *
295 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
296 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
297 *
298 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
299 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
300 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
301 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
302 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
303 */
304struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
305 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
306 bool ht_supported;
307 u8 ampdu_factor;
308 u8 ampdu_density;
309 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
310};
311
312/**
313 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
314 *
315 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
316 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
317 *
318 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
319 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
320 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
321 */
322struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
323 bool vht_supported;
324 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
325 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
326};
327
328#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
329
330/**
331 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
332 *
333 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
334 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
335 *
336 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
337 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
338 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
339 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
340 */
341struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
342 bool has_he;
343 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
344 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
345 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
346};
347
348/**
349 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
350 *
351 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
352 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
353 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
354 *
355 * @types_mask: interface types mask
356 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
357 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
358 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
359 */
360struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
361 u16 types_mask;
362 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
363 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
364};
365
366/**
367 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
368 *
369 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
370 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
371 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
372 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
373 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
374 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
375 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
376 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
377 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
378 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
379 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
380 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
381 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
382 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
383 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
384 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
385 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
386 */
387enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
388 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4,
389 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5,
390 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6,
391 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7,
392 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8,
393 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9,
394 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10,
395 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11,
396 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12,
397 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13,
398 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14,
399 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15,
400};
401
402/**
403 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
404 *
405 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
406 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
407 *
408 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
409 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
410 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
411 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
412 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
413 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
414 */
415struct ieee80211_edmg {
416 u8 channels;
417 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
418};
419
420/**
421 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
422 *
423 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
424 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
425 *
426 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA
427 * @cap: S1G capabilities information
428 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
429 */
430struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
431 bool s1g;
432 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
433 u8 nss_mcs[5];
434};
435
436/**
437 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
438 *
439 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
440 * is able to operate in.
441 *
442 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
443 * in this band.
444 * @band: the band this structure represents
445 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
446 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
447 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
448 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
449 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
450 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
451 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
452 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
453 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
454 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
455 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
456 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
457 * iftype_data).
458 */
459struct ieee80211_supported_band {
460 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
461 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
462 enum nl80211_band band;
463 int n_channels;
464 int n_bitrates;
465 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
466 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
467 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
468 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
469 u16 n_iftype_data;
470 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
471};
472
473/**
474 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
475 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
476 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
477 *
478 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
479 */
480static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
481ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
482 u8 iftype)
483{
484 int i;
485
486 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
487 return NULL;
488
489 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) {
490 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
491 &sband->iftype_data[i];
492
493 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
494 return data;
495 }
496
497 return NULL;
498}
499
500/**
501 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
502 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
503 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
504 *
505 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
506 */
507static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
508ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
509 u8 iftype)
510{
511 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
512 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
513
514 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
515 return &data->he_cap;
516
517 return NULL;
518}
519
520/**
521 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
522 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
523 *
524 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
525 */
526static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
527ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
528{
529 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
530}
531
532/**
533 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
534 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
535 * @iftype: the iftype to search for
536 *
537 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
538 */
539static inline __le16
540ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
541 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
542{
543 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
544 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
545
546 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
547 return 0;
548
549 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
550}
551
552/**
553 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
554 *
555 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
556 *
557 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
558 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
559 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
560 *
561 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
562 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
563 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
564 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
565 * without affecting other devices.
566 *
567 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
568 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
569 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
570 */
571#ifdef CONFIG_OF
572void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
573#else /* CONFIG_OF */
574static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
575{
576}
577#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
578
579
580/*
581 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
582 */
583
584/**
585 * DOC: Actions and configuration
586 *
587 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
588 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
589 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
590 * operations use are described separately.
591 *
592 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
593 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
594 *
595 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
596 * in a separate chapter.
597 */
598
599#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
600 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
601
602/**
603 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
604 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
605 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
606 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
607 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
608 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
609 * determine the address as needed.
610 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
611 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
612 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
613 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
614 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
615 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
616 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
617 */
618struct vif_params {
619 u32 flags;
620 int use_4addr;
621 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
622 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
623 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
624};
625
626/**
627 * struct key_params - key information
628 *
629 * Information about a key
630 *
631 * @key: key material
632 * @key_len: length of key material
633 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
634 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
635 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
636 * length given by @seq_len.
637 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
638 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
639 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
640 */
641struct key_params {
642 const u8 *key;
643 const u8 *seq;
644 int key_len;
645 int seq_len;
646 u16 vlan_id;
647 u32 cipher;
648 enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
649};
650
651/**
652 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
653 * @chan: the (control) channel
654 * @width: channel width
655 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
656 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
657 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
658 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
659 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
660 * chan will define the primary channel and all other
661 * parameters are ignored.
662 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
663 */
664struct cfg80211_chan_def {
665 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
666 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
667 u32 center_freq1;
668 u32 center_freq2;
669 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
670 u16 freq1_offset;
671};
672
673/*
674 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
675 */
676struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
677 struct {
678 u32 legacy;
679 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
680 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
681 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
682 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
683};
684
685
686/**
687 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
688 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
689 * of the peer.
690 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
691 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
692 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
693 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
694 * @retry_long: retry count value
695 * @retry_short: retry count value
696 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
697 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
698 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
699 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
700 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
701 */
702struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
703 bool config_override;
704 u8 tids;
705 u64 mask;
706 enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
707 u8 retry_long, retry_short;
708 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
709 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
710 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
711 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
712 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
713};
714
715/**
716 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
717 * @peer: Station's MAC address
718 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
719 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
720 */
721struct cfg80211_tid_config {
722 const u8 *peer;
723 u32 n_tid_conf;
724 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[];
725};
726
727/**
728 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
729 * @chandef: the channel definition
730 *
731 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
732 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
733 */
734static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
735cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
736{
737 switch (chandef->width) {
738 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
739 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
740 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
741 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
742 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
743 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
744 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
745 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
746 default:
747 WARN_ON(1);
748 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
749 }
750}
751
752/**
753 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
754 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
755 * @channel: the control channel
756 * @chantype: the channel type
757 *
758 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
759 */
760void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
761 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
762 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
763
764/**
765 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
766 * @chandef1: first channel definition
767 * @chandef2: second channel definition
768 *
769 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
770 * identical, %false otherwise.
771 */
772static inline bool
773cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
774 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
775{
776 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
777 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
778 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
779 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
780 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
781}
782
783/**
784 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
785 *
786 * @chandef: the channel definition
787 *
788 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
789 */
790static inline bool
791cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
792{
793 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
794}
795
796/**
797 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
798 * @chandef1: first channel definition
799 * @chandef2: second channel definition
800 *
801 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
802 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
803 */
804const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
805cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
806 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
807
808/**
809 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
810 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
811 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
812 */
813bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
814
815/**
816 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
817 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
818 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
819 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
820 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
821 */
822bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
823 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
824 u32 prohibited_flags);
825
826/**
827 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
828 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
829 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
830 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
831 * Returns:
832 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
833 */
834int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
835 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
836 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
837
838/**
839 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
840 *
841 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
842 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
843 *
844 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
845 *
846 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
847 */
848static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
849ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
850{
851 switch (chandef->width) {
852 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
853 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
854 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
855 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
856 default:
857 break;
858 }
859 return 0;
860}
861
862/**
863 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
864 *
865 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
866 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
867 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
868 *
869 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
870 *
871 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
872 */
873static inline int
874ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
875{
876 switch (chandef->width) {
877 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
878 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
879 chandef->chan->max_power);
880 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
881 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
882 chandef->chan->max_power);
883 default:
884 break;
885 }
886 return chandef->chan->max_power;
887}
888
889/**
890 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
891 *
892 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
893 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
894 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
895 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
896 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
897 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
898 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
899 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
900 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
901 *
902 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
903 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
904 */
905enum survey_info_flags {
906 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
907 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
908 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
909 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
910 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
911 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
912 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
913 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
914 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8),
915};
916
917/**
918 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
919 *
920 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
921 * record to report global statistics
922 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
923 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
924 * optional
925 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
926 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
927 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
928 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
929 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
930 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
931 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
932 *
933 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
934 *
935 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
936 * channel duty cycle etc.
937 */
938struct survey_info {
939 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
940 u64 time;
941 u64 time_busy;
942 u64 time_ext_busy;
943 u64 time_rx;
944 u64 time_tx;
945 u64 time_scan;
946 u64 time_bss_rx;
947 u32 filled;
948 s8 noise;
949};
950
951#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4
952
953/**
954 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
955 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
956 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
957 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
958 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
959 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
960 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
961 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
962 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
963 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
964 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
965 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
966 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
967 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
968 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
969 * protocol frames.
970 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
971 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
972 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
973 * port for mac80211
974 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
975 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
976 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
977 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
978 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
979 * offload)
980 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
981 */
982struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
983 u32 wpa_versions;
984 u32 cipher_group;
985 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
986 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
987 int n_akm_suites;
988 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
989 bool control_port;
990 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
991 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
992 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
993 bool control_port_no_preauth;
994 struct key_params *wep_keys;
995 int wep_tx_key;
996 const u8 *psk;
997 const u8 *sae_pwd;
998 u8 sae_pwd_len;
999};
1000
1001/**
1002 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
1003 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
1004 * or %NULL if not changed
1005 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
1006 * or %NULL if not changed
1007 * @head_len: length of @head
1008 * @tail_len: length of @tail
1009 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
1010 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
1011 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
1012 * frames or %NULL
1013 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
1014 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
1015 * Response frames or %NULL
1016 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
1017 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
1018 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
1019 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
1020 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
1021 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
1022 * (measurement type 8)
1023 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
1024 * Token (measurement type 11)
1025 * @lci_len: LCI data length
1026 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
1027 */
1028struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
1029 const u8 *head, *tail;
1030 const u8 *beacon_ies;
1031 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
1032 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
1033 const u8 *probe_resp;
1034 const u8 *lci;
1035 const u8 *civicloc;
1036 s8 ftm_responder;
1037
1038 size_t head_len, tail_len;
1039 size_t beacon_ies_len;
1040 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
1041 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
1042 size_t probe_resp_len;
1043 size_t lci_len;
1044 size_t civicloc_len;
1045};
1046
1047struct mac_address {
1048 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1049};
1050
1051/**
1052 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
1053 *
1054 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
1055 * entry specified by mac_addr
1056 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
1057 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
1058 */
1059struct cfg80211_acl_data {
1060 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
1061 int n_acl_entries;
1062
1063 /* Keep it last */
1064 struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
1065};
1066
1067/**
1068 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
1069 *
1070 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
1071 *
1072 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
1073 */
1074enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
1075 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
1076};
1077
1078/**
1079 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1080 *
1081 * Used to configure an AP interface.
1082 *
1083 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1084 * @beacon: beacon data
1085 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1086 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1087 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1088 * user space)
1089 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1090 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1091 * @crypto: crypto settings
1092 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1093 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1094 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1095 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1096 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1097 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1098 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1099 * MAC address based access control
1100 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1101 * networks.
1102 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1103 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1104 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1105 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1106 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1107 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1108 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1109 * @he_required: stations must support HE
1110 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1111 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1112 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1113 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1114 */
1115struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1116 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1117
1118 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1119
1120 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1121 const u8 *ssid;
1122 size_t ssid_len;
1123 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1124 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1125 bool privacy;
1126 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1127 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1128 int inactivity_timeout;
1129 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1130 bool p2p_opp_ps;
1131 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1132 bool pbss;
1133 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1134
1135 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1136 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1137 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1138 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
1139 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required;
1140 bool twt_responder;
1141 u32 flags;
1142 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1143 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1144};
1145
1146/**
1147 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1148 *
1149 * Used for channel switch
1150 *
1151 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1152 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1153 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1154 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1155 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1156 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1157 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1158 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1159 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1160 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1161 */
1162struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1163 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1164 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1165 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1166 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1167 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1168 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1169 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1170 bool radar_required;
1171 bool block_tx;
1172 u8 count;
1173};
1174
1175#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1176
1177/**
1178 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1179 *
1180 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1181 *
1182 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1183 * to use for verification
1184 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1185 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1186 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1187 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1188 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1189 * nl80211_iftype.
1190 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1191 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1192 * the verification
1193 */
1194struct iface_combination_params {
1195 int num_different_channels;
1196 u8 radar_detect;
1197 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1198 u32 new_beacon_int;
1199};
1200
1201/**
1202 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1203 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1204 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1205 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1206 *
1207 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1208 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1209 */
1210enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1211 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1212 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1213 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1214 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1215};
1216
1217/**
1218 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1219 *
1220 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1221 *
1222 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1223 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1224 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1225 * power per-interface or per-station.
1226 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1227 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1228 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1229 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1230 * per peer TPC.
1231 */
1232struct sta_txpwr {
1233 s16 power;
1234 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1235};
1236
1237/**
1238 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1239 *
1240 * Used to change and create a new station.
1241 *
1242 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1243 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1244 * (or NULL for no change)
1245 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1246 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1247 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1248 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1249 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1250 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1251 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1252 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1253 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1254 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1255 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1256 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1257 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1258 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1259 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1260 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1261 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1262 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1263 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1264 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1265 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1266 * to unknown)
1267 * @capability: station capability
1268 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1269 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1270 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1271 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1272 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1273 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1274 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1275 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1276 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1277 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1278 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1279 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1280 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
1281 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
1282 */
1283struct station_parameters {
1284 const u8 *supported_rates;
1285 struct net_device *vlan;
1286 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1287 u32 sta_modify_mask;
1288 int listen_interval;
1289 u16 aid;
1290 u16 vlan_id;
1291 u16 peer_aid;
1292 u8 supported_rates_len;
1293 u8 plink_action;
1294 u8 plink_state;
1295 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1296 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1297 u8 uapsd_queues;
1298 u8 max_sp;
1299 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1300 u16 capability;
1301 const u8 *ext_capab;
1302 u8 ext_capab_len;
1303 const u8 *supported_channels;
1304 u8 supported_channels_len;
1305 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1306 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1307 u8 opmode_notif;
1308 bool opmode_notif_used;
1309 int support_p2p_ps;
1310 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1311 u8 he_capa_len;
1312 u16 airtime_weight;
1313 struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1314 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
1315};
1316
1317/**
1318 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1319 *
1320 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1321 *
1322 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1323 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1324 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1325 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1326 */
1327struct station_del_parameters {
1328 const u8 *mac;
1329 u8 subtype;
1330 u16 reason_code;
1331};
1332
1333/**
1334 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1335 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1336 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1337 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1338 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1339 * the AP MLME in the device
1340 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1341 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1342 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1343 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1344 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1345 * supported/used)
1346 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1347 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1348 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1349 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1350 */
1351enum cfg80211_station_type {
1352 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1353 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1354 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1355 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1356 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1357 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1358 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1359 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1360 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1361};
1362
1363/**
1364 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1365 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1366 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1367 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1368 *
1369 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1370 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1371 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1372 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1373 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1374 */
1375int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1376 struct station_parameters *params,
1377 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1378
1379/**
1380 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1381 *
1382 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1383 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1384 *
1385 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1386 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1387 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1388 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1389 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1390 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1391 */
1392enum rate_info_flags {
1393 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
1394 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
1395 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1396 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3),
1397 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4),
1398 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5),
1399};
1400
1401/**
1402 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1403 *
1404 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1405 *
1406 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1407 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1408 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1409 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1410 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1411 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1412 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1413 */
1414enum rate_info_bw {
1415 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1416 RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1417 RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1418 RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1419 RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1420 RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1421 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1422};
1423
1424/**
1425 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1426 *
1427 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1428 *
1429 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1430 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1431 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1432 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1433 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1434 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1435 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1436 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1437 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1438 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1439 */
1440struct rate_info {
1441 u8 flags;
1442 u8 mcs;
1443 u16 legacy;
1444 u8 nss;
1445 u8 bw;
1446 u8 he_gi;
1447 u8 he_dcm;
1448 u8 he_ru_alloc;
1449 u8 n_bonded_ch;
1450};
1451
1452/**
1453 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1454 *
1455 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1456 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1457 *
1458 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1459 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1460 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1461 */
1462enum bss_param_flags {
1463 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
1464 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
1465 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1466};
1467
1468/**
1469 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1470 *
1471 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1472 *
1473 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1474 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1475 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1476 */
1477struct sta_bss_parameters {
1478 u8 flags;
1479 u8 dtim_period;
1480 u16 beacon_interval;
1481};
1482
1483/**
1484 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1485 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1486 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1487 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1488 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1489 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1490 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1491 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1492 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1493 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1494 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1495 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1496 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1497 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1498 */
1499struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1500 u32 filled;
1501 u32 backlog_bytes;
1502 u32 backlog_packets;
1503 u32 flows;
1504 u32 drops;
1505 u32 ecn_marks;
1506 u32 overlimit;
1507 u32 overmemory;
1508 u32 collisions;
1509 u32 tx_bytes;
1510 u32 tx_packets;
1511 u32 max_flows;
1512};
1513
1514/**
1515 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1516 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1517 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1518 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1519 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1520 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1521 * transmitted MSDUs
1522 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1523 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1524 */
1525struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1526 u32 filled;
1527 u64 rx_msdu;
1528 u64 tx_msdu;
1529 u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1530 u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1531 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1532};
1533
1534#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1535
1536/**
1537 * struct station_info - station information
1538 *
1539 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1540 *
1541 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1542 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1543 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1544 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1545 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1546 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1547 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1548 * @llid: mesh local link id
1549 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1550 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1551 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1552 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1553 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1554 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1555 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1556 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1557 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1558 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1559 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1560 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1561 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1562 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1563 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1564 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1565 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1566 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1567 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1568 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1569 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1570 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1571 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1572 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1573 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1574 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1575 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1576 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1577 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1578 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1579 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1580 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1581 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1582 * towards this station.
1583 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1584 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1585 * from this peer
1586 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1587 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1588 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1589 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1590 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1591 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1592 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1593 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1594 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1595 * been sent.
1596 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1597 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1598 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1599 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1600 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1601 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
1602 */
1603struct station_info {
1604 u64 filled;
1605 u32 connected_time;
1606 u32 inactive_time;
1607 u64 assoc_at;
1608 u64 rx_bytes;
1609 u64 tx_bytes;
1610 u16 llid;
1611 u16 plid;
1612 u8 plink_state;
1613 s8 signal;
1614 s8 signal_avg;
1615
1616 u8 chains;
1617 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1618 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1619
1620 struct rate_info txrate;
1621 struct rate_info rxrate;
1622 u32 rx_packets;
1623 u32 tx_packets;
1624 u32 tx_retries;
1625 u32 tx_failed;
1626 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1627 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1628 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1629
1630 int generation;
1631
1632 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1633 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1634
1635 u32 beacon_loss_count;
1636 s64 t_offset;
1637 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1638 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1639 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1640
1641 u32 expected_throughput;
1642
1643 u64 tx_duration;
1644 u64 rx_duration;
1645 u64 rx_beacon;
1646 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1647 u8 connected_to_gate;
1648
1649 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1650 s8 ack_signal;
1651 s8 avg_ack_signal;
1652
1653 u16 airtime_weight;
1654
1655 u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1656 u32 fcs_err_count;
1657
1658 u32 airtime_link_metric;
1659
1660 u8 connected_to_as;
1661};
1662
1663#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1664/**
1665 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1666 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1667 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1668 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1669 *
1670 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1671 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1672 * considered undefined.
1673 */
1674int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1675 struct station_info *sinfo);
1676#else
1677static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1678 const u8 *mac_addr,
1679 struct station_info *sinfo)
1680{
1681 return -ENOENT;
1682}
1683#endif
1684
1685/**
1686 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1687 *
1688 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1689 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1690 *
1691 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1692 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1693 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1694 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1695 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1696 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1697 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1698 */
1699enum monitor_flags {
1700 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1701 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1702 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1703 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1704 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1705 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1706 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1707};
1708
1709/**
1710 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1711 *
1712 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1713 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1714 *
1715 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1716 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1717 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1718 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1719 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1720 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1721 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1722 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1723 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1724 */
1725enum mpath_info_flags {
1726 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
1727 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
1728 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
1729 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
1730 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
1731 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
1732 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
1733 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7),
1734 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8),
1735};
1736
1737/**
1738 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1739 *
1740 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1741 *
1742 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1743 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1744 * @sn: target sequence number
1745 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1746 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1747 * @flags: mesh path flags
1748 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1749 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1750 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1751 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1752 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1753 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1754 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1755 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1756 */
1757struct mpath_info {
1758 u32 filled;
1759 u32 frame_qlen;
1760 u32 sn;
1761 u32 metric;
1762 u32 exptime;
1763 u32 discovery_timeout;
1764 u8 discovery_retries;
1765 u8 flags;
1766 u8 hop_count;
1767 u32 path_change_count;
1768
1769 int generation;
1770};
1771
1772/**
1773 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1774 *
1775 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1776 *
1777 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1778 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1779 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1780 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1781 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1782 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1783 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1784 * (or NULL for no change)
1785 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1786 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1787 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1788 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1789 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1790 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1791 */
1792struct bss_parameters {
1793 int use_cts_prot;
1794 int use_short_preamble;
1795 int use_short_slot_time;
1796 const u8 *basic_rates;
1797 u8 basic_rates_len;
1798 int ap_isolate;
1799 int ht_opmode;
1800 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1801};
1802
1803/**
1804 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1805 *
1806 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1807 *
1808 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1809 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1810 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1811 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1812 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1813 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1814 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1815 * mesh interface
1816 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1817 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1818 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1819 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1820 * elements
1821 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1822 * detect compatible mesh peers
1823 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1824 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1825 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1826 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1827 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1828 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1829 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1830 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1831 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1832 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1833 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1834 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1835 * element
1836 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1837 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1838 * element
1839 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1840 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1841 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1842 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1843 * announcements are transmitted
1844 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1845 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1846 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1847 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1848 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1849 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1850 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1851 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1852 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1853 * station to establish a peer link
1854 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1855 *
1856 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1857 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1858 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1859 *
1860 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1861 * PREQs are transmitted.
1862 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1863 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1864 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1865 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1866 * setting for new peer links.
1867 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1868 * after transmitting its beacon.
1869 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1870 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1871 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1872 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1873 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
1874 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1875 * in the mesh path table
1876 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
1877 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
1878 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
1879 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
1880 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
1881 */
1882struct mesh_config {
1883 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1884 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1885 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1886 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1887 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1888 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1889 u8 element_ttl;
1890 bool auto_open_plinks;
1891 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1892 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1893 u32 path_refresh_time;
1894 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1895 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1896 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1897 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1898 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1899 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1900 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1901 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
1902 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1903 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1904 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1905 s32 rssi_threshold;
1906 u16 ht_opmode;
1907 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1908 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1909 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1910 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1911 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1912 u32 plink_timeout;
1913 bool dot11MeshNolearn;
1914};
1915
1916/**
1917 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1918 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1919 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1920 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1921 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1922 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1923 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1924 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1925 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1926 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1927 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1928 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1929 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1930 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1931 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1932 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1933 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1934 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1935 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1936 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1937 * to operate on DFS channels.
1938 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1939 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1940 *
1941 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1942 */
1943struct mesh_setup {
1944 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1945 const u8 *mesh_id;
1946 u8 mesh_id_len;
1947 u8 sync_method;
1948 u8 path_sel_proto;
1949 u8 path_metric;
1950 u8 auth_id;
1951 const u8 *ie;
1952 u8 ie_len;
1953 bool is_authenticated;
1954 bool is_secure;
1955 bool user_mpm;
1956 u8 dtim_period;
1957 u16 beacon_interval;
1958 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1959 u32 basic_rates;
1960 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1961 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1962 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1963};
1964
1965/**
1966 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1967 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1968 *
1969 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1970 */
1971struct ocb_setup {
1972 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1973};
1974
1975/**
1976 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1977 * @ac: AC identifier
1978 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1979 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1980 * 1..32767]
1981 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1982 * 1..32767]
1983 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1984 */
1985struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1986 enum nl80211_ac ac;
1987 u16 txop;
1988 u16 cwmin;
1989 u16 cwmax;
1990 u8 aifs;
1991};
1992
1993/**
1994 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1995 *
1996 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1997 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1998 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1999 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
2000 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
2001 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
2002 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
2003 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
2004 * in the wiphy structure.
2005 *
2006 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
2007 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
2008 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
2009 *
2010 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
2011 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
2012 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
2013 * to userspace.
2014 */
2015
2016/**
2017 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
2018 * @ssid: the SSID
2019 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
2020 */
2021struct cfg80211_ssid {
2022 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
2023 u8 ssid_len;
2024};
2025
2026/**
2027 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
2028 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
2029 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
2030 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
2031 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
2032 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
2033 * userspace will be notified of that
2034 */
2035struct cfg80211_scan_info {
2036 u64 scan_start_tsf;
2037 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2038 bool aborted;
2039};
2040
2041/**
2042 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
2043 *
2044 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
2045 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2046 * @channels: channels to scan on.
2047 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2048 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2049 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2050 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2051 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
2052 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
2053 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
2054 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
2055 * %duration field.
2056 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2057 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
2058 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2059 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
2060 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
2061 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
2062 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
2063 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
2064 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2065 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2066 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2067 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2068 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2069 */
2070struct cfg80211_scan_request {
2071 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2072 int n_ssids;
2073 u32 n_channels;
2074 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2075 const u8 *ie;
2076 size_t ie_len;
2077 u16 duration;
2078 bool duration_mandatory;
2079 u32 flags;
2080
2081 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2082
2083 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
2084
2085 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2086 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2087 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2088
2089 /* internal */
2090 struct wiphy *wiphy;
2091 unsigned long scan_start;
2092 struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
2093 bool notified;
2094 bool no_cck;
2095
2096 /* keep last */
2097 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
2098};
2099
2100static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
2101{
2102 int i;
2103
2104 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
2105 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2106 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2107 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2108 }
2109}
2110
2111/**
2112 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2113 *
2114 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2115 * or no match (RSSI only)
2116 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2117 * or no match (RSSI only)
2118 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2119 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2120 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2121 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2122 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2123 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2124 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2125 * corresponding matchset.
2126 */
2127struct cfg80211_match_set {
2128 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2129 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2130 s32 rssi_thold;
2131 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2132};
2133
2134/**
2135 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2136 *
2137 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2138 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2139 * infinite loop.
2140 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2141 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2142 */
2143struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2144 u32 interval;
2145 u32 iterations;
2146};
2147
2148/**
2149 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2150 *
2151 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2152 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2153 */
2154struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2155 enum nl80211_band band;
2156 s8 delta;
2157};
2158
2159/**
2160 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2161 *
2162 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2163 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2164 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2165 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2166 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2167 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2168 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2169 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2170 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2171 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2172 * (others are filtered out).
2173 * If ommited, all results are passed.
2174 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2175 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2176 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2177 * @dev: the interface
2178 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2179 * @channels: channels to scan
2180 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2181 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
2182 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2183 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2184 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2185 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2186 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2187 * index must be executed first.
2188 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2189 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2190 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2191 * owned by a particular socket)
2192 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2193 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2194 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2195 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2196 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2197 * supported.
2198 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2199 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2200 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2201 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2202 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2203 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2204 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2205 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2206 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2207 * comparisions.
2208 */
2209struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2210 u64 reqid;
2211 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2212 int n_ssids;
2213 u32 n_channels;
2214 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2215 const u8 *ie;
2216 size_t ie_len;
2217 u32 flags;
2218 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2219 int n_match_sets;
2220 s32 min_rssi_thold;
2221 u32 delay;
2222 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2223 int n_scan_plans;
2224
2225 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2226 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2227
2228 bool relative_rssi_set;
2229 s8 relative_rssi;
2230 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2231
2232 /* internal */
2233 struct wiphy *wiphy;
2234 struct net_device *dev;
2235 unsigned long scan_start;
2236 bool report_results;
2237 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2238 u32 owner_nlportid;
2239 bool nl_owner_dead;
2240 struct list_head list;
2241
2242 /* keep last */
2243 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
2244};
2245
2246/**
2247 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2248 *
2249 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2250 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2251 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2252 */
2253enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2254 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2255 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2256 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2257};
2258
2259/**
2260 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2261 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2262 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2263 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2264 * signal type
2265 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2266 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2267 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2268 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2269 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2270 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2271 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2272 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2273 * by %parent_bssid.
2274 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2275 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2276 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2277 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2278 */
2279struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2280 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2281 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2282 s32 signal;
2283 u64 boottime_ns;
2284 u64 parent_tsf;
2285 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2286 u8 chains;
2287 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2288};
2289
2290/**
2291 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2292 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2293 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2294 * @len: length of the IEs
2295 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2296 * @data: IE data
2297 */
2298struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2299 u64 tsf;
2300 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2301 int len;
2302 bool from_beacon;
2303 u8 data[];
2304};
2305
2306/**
2307 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2308 *
2309 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2310 * for use in scan results and similar.
2311 *
2312 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2313 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2314 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2315 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2316 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2317 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2318 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2319 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2320 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
2321 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2322 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2323 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2324 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2325 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2326 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2327 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2328 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2329 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2330 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2331 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2332 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2333 * (multi-BSSID support)
2334 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2335 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2336 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2337 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2338 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2339 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2340 */
2341struct cfg80211_bss {
2342 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2343 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2344
2345 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2346 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2347 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2348
2349 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2350 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2351 struct list_head nontrans_list;
2352
2353 s32 signal;
2354
2355 u16 beacon_interval;
2356 u16 capability;
2357
2358 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2359 u8 chains;
2360 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2361
2362 u8 bssid_index;
2363 u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2364
2365 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2366};
2367
2368/**
2369 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2370 * @bss: the bss to search
2371 * @id: the element ID
2372 *
2373 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2374 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2375 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2376 */
2377const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2378
2379/**
2380 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2381 * @bss: the bss to search
2382 * @id: the element ID
2383 *
2384 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2385 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2386 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2387 */
2388static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2389{
2390 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2391}
2392
2393
2394/**
2395 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2396 *
2397 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2398 * authentication.
2399 *
2400 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2401 * to it if it needs to keep it.
2402 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2403 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2404 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2405 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2406 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2407 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2408 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2409 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2410 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2411 * transaction sequence number field.
2412 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2413 */
2414struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2415 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2416 const u8 *ie;
2417 size_t ie_len;
2418 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2419 const u8 *key;
2420 u8 key_len, key_idx;
2421 const u8 *auth_data;
2422 size_t auth_data_len;
2423};
2424
2425/**
2426 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2427 *
2428 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
2429 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
2430 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2431 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2432 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2433 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2434 * request (connect callback).
2435 */
2436enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2437 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
2438 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
2439 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
2440 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
2441};
2442
2443/**
2444 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2445 *
2446 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2447 * (re)association.
2448 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2449 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2450 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2451 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2452 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2453 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2454 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2455 * @crypto: crypto settings
2456 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2457 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2458 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2459 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2460 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2461 * frame.
2462 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2463 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2464 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2465 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2466 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2467 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2468 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2469 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
2470 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2471 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2472 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2473 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2474 */
2475struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2476 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2477 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2478 size_t ie_len;
2479 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2480 bool use_mfp;
2481 u32 flags;
2482 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2483 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2484 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2485 const u8 *fils_kek;
2486 size_t fils_kek_len;
2487 const u8 *fils_nonces;
2488};
2489
2490/**
2491 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2492 *
2493 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2494 * deauthentication.
2495 *
2496 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2497 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2498 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2499 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2500 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2501 * do not set a deauth frame
2502 */
2503struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2504 const u8 *bssid;
2505 const u8 *ie;
2506 size_t ie_len;
2507 u16 reason_code;
2508 bool local_state_change;
2509};
2510
2511/**
2512 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2513 *
2514 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2515 * disassociation.
2516 *
2517 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2518 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2519 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2520 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2521 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2522 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2523 */
2524struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2525 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2526 const u8 *ie;
2527 size_t ie_len;
2528 u16 reason_code;
2529 bool local_state_change;
2530};
2531
2532/**
2533 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2534 *
2535 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2536 * method.
2537 *
2538 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2539 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2540 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2541 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2542 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2543 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2544 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
2545 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2546 * @ie_len: length of that
2547 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2548 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2549 * after joining
2550 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2551 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2552 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2553 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2554 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2555 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2556 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2557 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2558 * to operate on DFS channels.
2559 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2560 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2561 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2562 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2563 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2564 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2565 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2566 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2567 */
2568struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2569 const u8 *ssid;
2570 const u8 *bssid;
2571 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2572 const u8 *ie;
2573 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2574 u16 beacon_interval;
2575 u32 basic_rates;
2576 bool channel_fixed;
2577 bool privacy;
2578 bool control_port;
2579 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2580 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2581 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2582 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2583 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2584 struct key_params *wep_keys;
2585 int wep_tx_key;
2586};
2587
2588/**
2589 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2590 *
2591 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2592 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2593 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2594 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2595 */
2596struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2597 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2598 union {
2599 enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2600 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2601 } param;
2602};
2603
2604/**
2605 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2606 *
2607 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2608 * authentication and association.
2609 *
2610 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2611 * on scan results)
2612 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2613 * %NULL if not specified
2614 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2615 * results)
2616 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2617 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2618 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2619 * to use.
2620 * @ssid: SSID
2621 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2622 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2623 * @ie: IEs for association request
2624 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2625 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2626 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2627 * @crypto: crypto settings
2628 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2629 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2630 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2631 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2632 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
2633 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2634 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2635 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2636 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2637 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
2638 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2639 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2640 * networks.
2641 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2642 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2643 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2644 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2645 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2646 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2647 * frame.
2648 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2649 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2650 * data IE.
2651 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2652 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2653 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2654 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2655 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2656 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2657 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2658 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2659 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2660 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2661 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2662 * offload of 4-way handshake.
2663 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2664 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2665 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2666 */
2667struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2668 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2669 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2670 const u8 *bssid;
2671 const u8 *bssid_hint;
2672 const u8 *ssid;
2673 size_t ssid_len;
2674 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2675 const u8 *ie;
2676 size_t ie_len;
2677 bool privacy;
2678 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2679 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2680 const u8 *key;
2681 u8 key_len, key_idx;
2682 u32 flags;
2683 int bg_scan_period;
2684 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2685 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2686 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2687 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2688 bool pbss;
2689 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2690 const u8 *prev_bssid;
2691 const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2692 size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2693 const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2694 size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2695 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2696 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2697 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2698 bool want_1x;
2699 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2700};
2701
2702/**
2703 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2704 *
2705 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2706 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2707 *
2708 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2709 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2710 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2711 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2712 */
2713enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2714 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
2715 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
2716 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
2717};
2718
2719/**
2720 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2721 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2722 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2723 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2724 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2725 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2726 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2727 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2728 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2729 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2730 */
2731enum wiphy_params_flags {
2732 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
2733 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
2734 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
2735 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
2736 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
2737 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
2738 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6,
2739 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7,
2740 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8,
2741};
2742
2743#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
2744
2745/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2746#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000
2747#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000
2748
2749/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2750#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000
2751
2752/**
2753 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2754 *
2755 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2756 * caching.
2757 *
2758 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2759 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2760 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2761 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2762 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2763 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2764 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2765 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2766 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2767 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2768 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2769 * %NULL).
2770 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
2771 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
2772 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
2773 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
2774 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
2775 * used for it expires.
2776 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
2777 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
2778 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
2779 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
2780 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
2781 */
2782struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2783 const u8 *bssid;
2784 const u8 *pmkid;
2785 const u8 *pmk;
2786 size_t pmk_len;
2787 const u8 *ssid;
2788 size_t ssid_len;
2789 const u8 *cache_id;
2790 u32 pmk_lifetime;
2791 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
2792};
2793
2794/**
2795 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2796 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2797 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2798 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2799 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2800 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2801 *
2802 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2803 * memory, free @mask only!
2804 */
2805struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2806 const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2807 int pattern_len;
2808 int pkt_offset;
2809};
2810
2811/**
2812 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2813 *
2814 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2815 * @src: source IP address
2816 * @dst: destination IP address
2817 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2818 * @src_port: source port
2819 * @dst_port: destination port
2820 * @payload_len: data payload length
2821 * @payload: data payload buffer
2822 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2823 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2824 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2825 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2826 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2827 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2828 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2829 */
2830struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2831 struct socket *sock;
2832 __be32 src, dst;
2833 u16 src_port, dst_port;
2834 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2835 int payload_len;
2836 const u8 *payload;
2837 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2838 u32 data_interval;
2839 u32 wake_len;
2840 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2841 u32 tokens_size;
2842 /* must be last, variable member */
2843 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2844};
2845
2846/**
2847 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2848 *
2849 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2850 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2851 * operating as normal during suspend
2852 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2853 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2854 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2855 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2856 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2857 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2858 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2859 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2860 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2861 * NULL if not configured.
2862 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2863 */
2864struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2865 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2866 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2867 rfkill_release;
2868 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2869 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2870 int n_patterns;
2871 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2872};
2873
2874/**
2875 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2876 *
2877 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2878 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2879 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2880 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2881 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2882 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2883 */
2884struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2885 int delay;
2886 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2887 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2888 int n_patterns;
2889};
2890
2891/**
2892 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2893 *
2894 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2895 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2896 * @n_rules: number of rules
2897 */
2898struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2899 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2900 int n_rules;
2901};
2902
2903/**
2904 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2905 *
2906 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2907 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
2908 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2909 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2910 * occurred (in MHz)
2911 */
2912struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2913 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2914 int n_channels;
2915 u32 channels[];
2916};
2917
2918/**
2919 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2920 *
2921 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2922 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2923 * match information.
2924 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2925 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
2926 */
2927struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2928 int n_matches;
2929 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2930};
2931
2932/**
2933 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2934 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2935 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2936 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2937 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2938 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2939 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2940 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2941 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2942 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2943 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2944 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2945 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2946 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2947 * it is.
2948 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2949 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2950 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2951 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2952 */
2953struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2954 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2955 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2956 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2957 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2958 s32 pattern_idx;
2959 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2960 const void *packet;
2961 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2962};
2963
2964/**
2965 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2966 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
2967 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
2968 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2969 * @kek_len: length of kek
2970 * @kck_len length of kck
2971 * @akm: akm (oui, id)
2972 */
2973struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2974 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2975 u32 akm;
2976 u8 kek_len, kck_len;
2977};
2978
2979/**
2980 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2981 *
2982 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2983 *
2984 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2985 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2986 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2987 */
2988struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2989 u16 md;
2990 const u8 *ie;
2991 size_t ie_len;
2992};
2993
2994/**
2995 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2996 *
2997 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2998 *
2999 * @chan: channel to use
3000 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
3001 * @wait: duration for ROC
3002 * @buf: buffer to transmit
3003 * @len: buffer length
3004 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
3005 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
3006 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
3007 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
3008 */
3009struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
3010 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
3011 bool offchan;
3012 unsigned int wait;
3013 const u8 *buf;
3014 size_t len;
3015 bool no_cck;
3016 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
3017 int n_csa_offsets;
3018 const u16 *csa_offsets;
3019};
3020
3021/**
3022 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
3023 *
3024 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
3025 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
3026 */
3027struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
3028 u8 dscp;
3029 u8 up;
3030};
3031
3032/**
3033 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
3034 *
3035 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3036 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3037 */
3038struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
3039 u8 low;
3040 u8 high;
3041};
3042
3043/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
3044#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
3045#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
3046#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
3047 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
3048
3049/**
3050 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
3051 *
3052 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
3053 *
3054 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
3055 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
3056 * the user priority DSCP range definition
3057 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
3058 */
3059struct cfg80211_qos_map {
3060 u8 num_des;
3061 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
3062 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
3063};
3064
3065/**
3066 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
3067 *
3068 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
3069 *
3070 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
3071 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3072 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3073 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3074 */
3075struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
3076 u8 master_pref;
3077 u8 bands;
3078};
3079
3080/**
3081 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3082 * configuration
3083 *
3084 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3085 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3086 */
3087enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
3088 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
3089 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
3090};
3091
3092/**
3093 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3094 *
3095 * @filter: the content of the filter
3096 * @len: the length of the filter
3097 */
3098struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
3099 const u8 *filter;
3100 u8 len;
3101};
3102
3103/**
3104 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3105 *
3106 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3107 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3108 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3109 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3110 * implementation specific.
3111 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3112 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3113 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3114 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
3115 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3116 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3117 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3118 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3119 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3120 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3121 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3122 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3123 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3124 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3125 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3126 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3127 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3128 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3129 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3130 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3131 */
3132struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3133 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3134 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3135 u8 publish_type;
3136 bool close_range;
3137 bool publish_bcast;
3138 bool subscribe_active;
3139 u8 followup_id;
3140 u8 followup_reqid;
3141 struct mac_address followup_dest;
3142 u32 ttl;
3143 const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3144 u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3145 bool srf_include;
3146 const u8 *srf_bf;
3147 u8 srf_bf_len;
3148 u8 srf_bf_idx;
3149 struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3150 int srf_num_macs;
3151 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3152 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3153 u8 num_tx_filters;
3154 u8 num_rx_filters;
3155 u8 instance_id;
3156 u64 cookie;
3157};
3158
3159/**
3160 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3161 *
3162 * @aa: authenticator address
3163 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3164 * @pmk: the PMK material
3165 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3166 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3167 * holds PMK-R0.
3168 */
3169struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3170 const u8 *aa;
3171 u8 pmk_len;
3172 const u8 *pmk;
3173 const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3174};
3175
3176/**
3177 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3178 *
3179 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3180 *
3181 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3182 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3183 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3184 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3185 * authentication response command interface.
3186 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
3187 * authentication response command interface.
3188 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3189 * authentication request event interface.
3190 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3191 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3192 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3193 * response command interface (user space to driver).
3194 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3195 */
3196struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3197 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3198 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3199 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3200 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3201 u16 status;
3202 const u8 *pmkid;
3203};
3204
3205/**
3206 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3207 *
3208 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3209 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3210 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3211 * answered
3212 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3213 * successfully answered
3214 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3215 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3216 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
3217 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3218 * of how much time the responder was busy
3219 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3220 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3221 * the responder
3222 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3223 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3224 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3225 */
3226struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3227 u32 filled;
3228 u32 success_num;
3229 u32 partial_num;
3230 u32 failed_num;
3231 u32 asap_num;
3232 u32 non_asap_num;
3233 u64 total_duration_ms;
3234 u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3235 u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3236 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3237};
3238
3239/**
3240 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3241 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3242 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3243 * reason than just "failure"
3244 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3245 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3246 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3247 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3248 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3249 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3250 * by the responder
3251 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3252 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3253 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3254 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3255 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3256 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3257 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3258 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3259 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3260 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3261 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3262 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3263 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3264 * the square root of the variance)
3265 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3266 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3267 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3268 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3269 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3270 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3271 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3272 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3273 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3274 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3275 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3276 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3277 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3278 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3279 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3280 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3281 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3282 */
3283struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3284 const u8 *lci;
3285 const u8 *civicloc;
3286 unsigned int lci_len;
3287 unsigned int civicloc_len;
3288 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3289 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3290 s16 burst_index;
3291 u8 busy_retry_time;
3292 u8 num_bursts_exp;
3293 u8 burst_duration;
3294 u8 ftms_per_burst;
3295 s32 rssi_avg;
3296 s32 rssi_spread;
3297 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3298 s64 rtt_avg;
3299 s64 rtt_variance;
3300 s64 rtt_spread;
3301 s64 dist_avg;
3302 s64 dist_variance;
3303 s64 dist_spread;
3304
3305 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3306 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3307 rssi_avg_valid:1,
3308 rssi_spread_valid:1,
3309 tx_rate_valid:1,
3310 rx_rate_valid:1,
3311 rtt_avg_valid:1,
3312 rtt_variance_valid:1,
3313 rtt_spread_valid:1,
3314 dist_avg_valid:1,
3315 dist_variance_valid:1,
3316 dist_spread_valid:1;
3317};
3318
3319/**
3320 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3321 * @addr: address of the peer
3322 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3323 * measurement was made)
3324 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3325 * @status: status of the measurement
3326 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3327 * reporting partial results always set this flag
3328 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3329 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3330 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3331 * they're all aggregated for userspace.
3332 */
3333struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3334 u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3335 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3336
3337 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3338
3339 u8 final:1,
3340 ap_tsf_valid:1;
3341
3342 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3343
3344 union {
3345 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3346 };
3347};
3348
3349/**
3350 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3351 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3352 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3353 * @burst_period: burst period to use
3354 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3355 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3356 * @burst_duration: burst duration
3357 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3358 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3359 * @request_lci: request LCI information
3360 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3361 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
3362 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3363 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
3364 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
3365 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3366 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
3367 *
3368 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3369 */
3370struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3371 enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3372 u16 burst_period;
3373 u8 requested:1,
3374 asap:1,
3375 request_lci:1,
3376 request_civicloc:1,
3377 trigger_based:1,
3378 non_trigger_based:1;
3379 u8 num_bursts_exp;
3380 u8 burst_duration;
3381 u8 ftms_per_burst;
3382 u8 ftmr_retries;
3383};
3384
3385/**
3386 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3387 * @addr: MAC address
3388 * @chandef: channel to use
3389 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3390 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3391 */
3392struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3393 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3394 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3395 u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3396 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3397};
3398
3399/**
3400 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3401 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3402 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3403 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3404 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3405 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3406 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3407 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3408 * be taken from the @mac_addr
3409 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3410 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3411 * zero it means there's no timeout
3412 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3413 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3414 */
3415struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3416 u64 cookie;
3417 void *drv_data;
3418 u32 n_peers;
3419 u32 nl_portid;
3420
3421 u32 timeout;
3422
3423 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3424 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3425
3426 struct list_head list;
3427
3428 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3429};
3430
3431/**
3432 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3433 *
3434 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3435 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3436 *
3437 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3438 *
3439 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3440 * has to be done.
3441 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3442 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3443 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3444 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3445 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3446 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3447 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3448 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3449 */
3450struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3451 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3452 u16 status;
3453 const u8 *ie;
3454 size_t ie_len;
3455};
3456
3457/**
3458 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
3459 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3460 * for the entire device
3461 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3462 * for the given interface
3463 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
3464 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
3465 * for these subtypes
3466 */
3467struct mgmt_frame_regs {
3468 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
3469 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
3470};
3471
3472/**
3473 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3474 *
3475 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3476 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3477 *
3478 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3479 * on success or a negative error code.
3480 *
3481 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3482 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3483 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3484 *
3485 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3486 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3487 * configured for the device.
3488 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3489 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3490 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3491 * the device.
3492 *
3493 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3494 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3495 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3496 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3497 * also set the address member in the wdev.
3498 *
3499 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3500 *
3501 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3502 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3503 *
3504 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3505 * when adding a group key.
3506 *
3507 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3508 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3509 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3510 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3511 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3512 *
3513 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3514 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3515 *
3516 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3517 *
3518 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3519 *
3520 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface
3521 *
3522 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3523 *
3524 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3525 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3526 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3527 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3528 *
3529 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3530 * @del_station: Remove a station
3531 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3532 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3533 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3534 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3535 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3536 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3537 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3538 *
3539 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3540 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3541 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3542 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3543 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3544 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3545 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3546 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3547 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3548 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3549 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3550 *
3551 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3552 *
3553 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3554 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3555 * set, and which to leave alone.
3556 *
3557 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3558 *
3559 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3560 *
3561 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3562 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3563 * join the mesh instead.
3564 *
3565 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3566 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3567 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3568 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3569 *
3570 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3571 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3572 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3573 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3574 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3575 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3576 *
3577 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3578 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3579 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3580 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3581 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3582 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3583 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3584 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3585 *
3586 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3587 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3588 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3589 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3590 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3591 * was received.
3592 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3593 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3594 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3595 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3596 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
3597 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3598 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3599 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3600 * indication of requesting reassociation.
3601 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3602 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3603 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3604 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3605 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3606 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3607 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3608 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3609 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3610 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3611 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3612 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3613 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3614 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
3615 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3616 *
3617 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3618 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3619 * to a merge.
3620 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3621 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3622 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3623 *
3624 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3625 * MESH mode)
3626 *
3627 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3628 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3629 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3630 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3631 *
3632 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3633 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3634 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3635 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3636 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3637 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3638 * return 0 if successful
3639 *
3640 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3641 *
3642 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3643 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3644 *
3645 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3646 *
3647 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3648 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3649 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3650 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3651 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3652 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3653 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3654 * the duration value.
3655 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3656 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3657 * frame on another channel
3658 *
3659 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3660 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3661 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3662 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3663 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3664 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3665 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3666 *
3667 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3668 *
3669 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3670 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3671 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3672 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3673 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3674 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3675 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3676 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3677 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3678 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3679 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3680 * disabled.)
3681 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3682 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
3683 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
3684 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3685 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3686 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3687 * thresholds.
3688 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3689 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3690 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3691 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3692 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3693 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3694 * stop (when this method returns 0).
3695 *
3696 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
3697 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3698 *
3699 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3700 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3701 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3702 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3703 *
3704 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3705 *
3706 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3707 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3708 *
3709 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3710 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3711 *
3712 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3713 *
3714 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3715 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3716 * current monitoring channel.
3717 *
3718 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3719 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3720 *
3721 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3722 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3723 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3724 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3725 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3726 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3727 *
3728 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3729 *
3730 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3731 * was finished on another phy.
3732 *
3733 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3734 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3735 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3736 *
3737 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3738 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3739 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3740 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3741 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
3742 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3743 *
3744 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3745 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3746 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3747 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3748 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3749 * as soon as possible.
3750 *
3751 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3752 *
3753 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3754 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3755 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3756 *
3757 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3758 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3759 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3760 * account.
3761 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3762 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3763 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3764 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3765 * rejected)
3766 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3767 *
3768 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3769 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3770 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3771 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3772 *
3773 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3774 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3775 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3776 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3777 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3778 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3779 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3780 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3781 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3782 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3783 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3784 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3785 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3786 * provided @nan_func.
3787 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3788 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3789 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3790 * All other parameters must be ignored.
3791 *
3792 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3793 *
3794 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3795 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3796 *
3797 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3798 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3799 * upon which the driver should clear it.
3800 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3801 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3802 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3803 *
3804 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3805 * user space
3806 *
3807 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
3808 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3809 *
3810 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3811 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3812 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3813 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3814 *
3815 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3816 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3817 * DH IE through this interface.
3818 *
3819 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3820 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3821 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
3822 * This callback may sleep.
3823 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
3824 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
3825 */
3826struct cfg80211_ops {
3827 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3828 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3829 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3830
3831 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3832 const char *name,
3833 unsigned char name_assign_type,
3834 enum nl80211_iftype type,
3835 struct vif_params *params);
3836 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3837 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3838 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3839 struct net_device *dev,
3840 enum nl80211_iftype type,
3841 struct vif_params *params);
3842
3843 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3844 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3845 struct key_params *params);
3846 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3847 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3848 void *cookie,
3849 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3850 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3851 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3852 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3853 struct net_device *netdev,
3854 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3855 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3856 struct net_device *netdev,
3857 u8 key_index);
3858 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3859 struct net_device *netdev,
3860 u8 key_index);
3861
3862 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3863 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3864 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3865 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3866 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3867
3868
3869 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3870 const u8 *mac,
3871 struct station_parameters *params);
3872 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3873 struct station_del_parameters *params);
3874 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3875 const u8 *mac,
3876 struct station_parameters *params);
3877 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3878 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3879 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3880 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3881
3882 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3883 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3884 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3885 const u8 *dst);
3886 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3887 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3888 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3889 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3890 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3891 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3892 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3893 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3894 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3895 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3896 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3897 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3898 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3899 struct net_device *dev,
3900 struct mesh_config *conf);
3901 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3902 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3903 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3904 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3905 const struct mesh_config *conf,
3906 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3907 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3908
3909 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3910 struct ocb_setup *setup);
3911 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3912
3913 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3914 struct bss_parameters *params);
3915
3916 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3917 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3918
3919 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3920 struct net_device *dev,
3921 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3922
3923 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3924 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3925
3926 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3927 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3928 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3929
3930 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3931 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3932 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3933 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3934 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3935 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3936 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3937 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3938
3939 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3940 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3941 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3942 struct net_device *dev,
3943 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3944 u32 changed);
3945 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3946 u16 reason_code);
3947
3948 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3949 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3950 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3951
3952 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3953 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3954
3955 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3956
3957 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3958 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3959 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3960 int *dbm);
3961
3962 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3963 const u8 *addr);
3964
3965 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3966
3967#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3968 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3969 void *data, int len);
3970 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3971 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3972 void *data, int len);
3973#endif
3974
3975 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3976 struct net_device *dev,
3977 const u8 *peer,
3978 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3979
3980 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3981 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3982
3983 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3984 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3985 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3986 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3987 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3988
3989 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3990 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3991 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3992 unsigned int duration,
3993 u64 *cookie);
3994 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3995 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3996 u64 cookie);
3997
3998 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3999 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
4000 u64 *cookie);
4001 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4002 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4003 u64 cookie);
4004
4005 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4006 bool enabled, int timeout);
4007
4008 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4009 struct net_device *dev,
4010 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
4011
4012 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4013 struct net_device *dev,
4014 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
4015
4016 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4017 struct net_device *dev,
4018 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
4019
4020 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4021 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4022 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
4023
4024 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4025 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
4026
4027 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4028 struct net_device *dev,
4029 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
4030 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4031 u64 reqid);
4032
4033 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4034 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
4035
4036 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4037 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
4038 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
4039 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4040 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4041 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
4042
4043 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4044 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
4045
4046 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4047 struct net_device *dev,
4048 u16 noack_map);
4049
4050 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4051 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4052 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4053
4054 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4055 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4056 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4057 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4058
4059 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4060 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
4061
4062 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4063 struct net_device *dev,
4064 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4065 u32 cac_time_ms);
4066 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4067 struct net_device *dev);
4068 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4069 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
4070 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4071 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4072 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
4073 u16 duration);
4074 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4075 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4076 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4077 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
4078
4079 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4080 struct net_device *dev,
4081 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
4082
4083 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4084 struct net_device *dev,
4085 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4086
4087 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4088 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4089
4090 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4091 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
4092 u16 admitted_time);
4093 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4094 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
4095
4096 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4097 struct net_device *dev,
4098 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4099 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4100 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4101 struct net_device *dev,
4102 const u8 *addr);
4103 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4104 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4105 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4106 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4107 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4108 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4109 u64 cookie);
4110 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4111 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4112 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
4113 u32 changes);
4114
4115 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4116 struct net_device *dev,
4117 const bool enabled);
4118
4119 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4120 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4121 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
4122
4123 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4124 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
4125 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4126 const u8 *aa);
4127 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4128 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
4129
4130 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4131 struct net_device *dev,
4132 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4133 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
4134 const bool noencrypt,
4135 u64 *cookie);
4136
4137 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4138 struct net_device *dev,
4139 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4140
4141 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4142 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4143 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4144 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4145 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4146 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
4147 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4148 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4149 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4150 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4151 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4152 const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
4153};
4154
4155/*
4156 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4157 * and registration/helper functions
4158 */
4159
4160/**
4161 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4162 *
4163 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4164 * wiphy at all
4165 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4166 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4167 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4168 * reason to override the default
4169 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4170 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4171 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4172 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4173 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4174 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4175 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4176 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4177 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4178 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4179 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4180 * firmware.
4181 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4182 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4183 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4184 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4185 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4186 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4187 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4188 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4189 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4190 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4191 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4192 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4193 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4194 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4195 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4196 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4197 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4198 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4199 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4200 * before connection.
4201 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
4202 */
4203enum wiphy_flags {
4204 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0),
4205 /* use hole at 1 */
4206 /* use hole at 2 */
4207 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
4208 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
4209 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
4210 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
4211 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
4212 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
4213 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
4214 /* use hole at 11 */
4215 /* use hole at 12 */
4216 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
4217 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
4218 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
4219 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
4220 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
4221 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
4222 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
4223 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
4224 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
4225 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
4226 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
4227 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24),
4228};
4229
4230/**
4231 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4232 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4233 * @types: interface types (bits)
4234 */
4235struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4236 u16 max;
4237 u16 types;
4238};
4239
4240/**
4241 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4242 *
4243 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4244 * combinations it supports concurrently.
4245 *
4246 * Examples:
4247 *
4248 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4249 *
4250 * .. code-block:: c
4251 *
4252 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4253 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4254 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4255 * };
4256 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4257 * .limits = limits1,
4258 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4259 * .max_interfaces = 2,
4260 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4261 * };
4262 *
4263 *
4264 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4265 *
4266 * .. code-block:: c
4267 *
4268 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4269 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4270 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4271 * };
4272 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4273 * .limits = limits2,
4274 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4275 * .max_interfaces = 8,
4276 * .num_different_channels = 1,
4277 * };
4278 *
4279 *
4280 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4281 *
4282 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4283 *
4284 * .. code-block:: c
4285 *
4286 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4287 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4288 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4289 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4290 * };
4291 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4292 * .limits = limits3,
4293 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4294 * .max_interfaces = 4,
4295 * .num_different_channels = 2,
4296 * };
4297 *
4298 */
4299struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4300 /**
4301 * @limits:
4302 * limits for the given interface types
4303 */
4304 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4305
4306 /**
4307 * @num_different_channels:
4308 * can use up to this many different channels
4309 */
4310 u32 num_different_channels;
4311
4312 /**
4313 * @max_interfaces:
4314 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4315 */
4316 u16 max_interfaces;
4317
4318 /**
4319 * @n_limits:
4320 * number of limitations
4321 */
4322 u8 n_limits;
4323
4324 /**
4325 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4326 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4327 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4328 */
4329 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4330
4331 /**
4332 * @radar_detect_widths:
4333 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4334 */
4335 u8 radar_detect_widths;
4336
4337 /**
4338 * @radar_detect_regions:
4339 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4340 */
4341 u8 radar_detect_regions;
4342
4343 /**
4344 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4345 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4346 *
4347 * = 0
4348 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4349 * > 0
4350 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4351 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4352 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4353 */
4354 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4355};
4356
4357struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4358 u16 tx, rx;
4359};
4360
4361/**
4362 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4363 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4364 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4365 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4366 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4367 * packet should be preserved in that case
4368 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4369 * (see nl80211.h)
4370 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4371 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4372 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4373 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4374 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4375 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4376 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4377 */
4378enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4379 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
4380 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
4381 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
4382 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
4383 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
4384 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
4385 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
4386 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
4387 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
4388};
4389
4390struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4391 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4392 u32 data_payload_max;
4393 u32 data_interval_max;
4394 u32 wake_payload_max;
4395 bool seq;
4396};
4397
4398/**
4399 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4400 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4401 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4402 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4403 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4404 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4405 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4406 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4407 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4408 * scheduled scans.
4409 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4410 * details.
4411 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4412 */
4413struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4414 u32 flags;
4415 int n_patterns;
4416 int pattern_max_len;
4417 int pattern_min_len;
4418 int max_pkt_offset;
4419 int max_nd_match_sets;
4420 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4421};
4422
4423/**
4424 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4425 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4426 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4427 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4428 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4429 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4430 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4431 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4432 */
4433struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4434 int n_rules;
4435 int max_delay;
4436 int n_patterns;
4437 int pattern_max_len;
4438 int pattern_min_len;
4439 int max_pkt_offset;
4440};
4441
4442/**
4443 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4444 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4445 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4446 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4447 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4448 */
4449enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4450 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4451 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4452 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4453};
4454
4455/**
4456 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4457 *
4458 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4459 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4460 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4461 *
4462 */
4463enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4464 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
4465 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
4466 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
4467};
4468
4469/**
4470 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4471 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4472 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4473 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4474 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4475 */
4476
4477struct sta_opmode_info {
4478 u32 changed;
4479 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4480 enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4481 u8 rx_nss;
4482};
4483
4484#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4485
4486/**
4487 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4488 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4489 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4490 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4491 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4492 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4493 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4494 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4495 * dumpit calls.
4496 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4497 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4498 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4499 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4500 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4501 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4502 * are used with dump requests.
4503 */
4504struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4505 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4506 u32 flags;
4507 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4508 const void *data, int data_len);
4509 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4510 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4511 unsigned long *storage);
4512 const struct nla_policy *policy;
4513 unsigned int maxattr;
4514};
4515
4516/**
4517 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4518 * @iftype: interface type
4519 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4520 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4521 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4522 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4523 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4524 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4525 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4526 */
4527struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4528 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4529 const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4530 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4531 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4532};
4533
4534/**
4535 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4536 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4537 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4538 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4539 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4540 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4541 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4542 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4543 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4544 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4545 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4546 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4547 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4548 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4549 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4550 * not limited)
4551 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4552 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4553 */
4554struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4555 unsigned int max_peers;
4556 u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4557 randomize_mac_addr:1;
4558
4559 struct {
4560 u32 preambles;
4561 u32 bandwidths;
4562 s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4563 u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4564 u8 supported:1,
4565 asap:1,
4566 non_asap:1,
4567 request_lci:1,
4568 request_civicloc:1,
4569 trigger_based:1,
4570 non_trigger_based:1;
4571 } ftm;
4572};
4573
4574/**
4575 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4576 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4577 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4578 *
4579 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4580 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4581 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4582 */
4583struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
4584 u16 iftypes_mask;
4585 const u32 *akm_suites;
4586 int n_akm_suites;
4587};
4588
4589/**
4590 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4591 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4592 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4593 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4594 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4595 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4596 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4597 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4598 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4599 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4600 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4601 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4602 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4603 * iftype_akm_suites.
4604 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4605 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4606 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4607 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4608 * instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4609 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4610 * suites are specified separately.
4611 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4612 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4613 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4614 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4615 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4616 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4617 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4618 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4619 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4620 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4621 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4622 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4623 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4624 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4625 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4626 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4627 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4628 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4629 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4630 * unregister hardware
4631 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
4632 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
4633 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
4634 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
4635 * (see below).
4636 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4637 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4638 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4639 * must be set by driver
4640 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4641 * list single interface types.
4642 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4643 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4644 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4645 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4646 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4647 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4648 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4649 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4650 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4651 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4652 * this variable determines its size
4653 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4654 * any given scan
4655 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4656 * the device can run concurrently.
4657 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4658 * for in any given scheduled scan
4659 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4660 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4661 * supported.
4662 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4663 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4664 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
4665 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4666 * scans
4667 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4668 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4669 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4670 * single scan plan supported by the device.
4671 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4672 * scan plan supported by the device.
4673 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4674 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4675 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4676 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4677 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4678 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4679 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4680 *
4681 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4682 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4683 * type
4684 *
4685 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4686 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4687 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4688 *
4689 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4690 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4691 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4692 *
4693 * @probe_resp_offload:
4694 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4695 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4696 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4697 *
4698 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4699 * may request, if implemented.
4700 *
4701 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4702 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4703 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4704 * to the suspend() operation instead.
4705 *
4706 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4707 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4708 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4709 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4710 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4711 *
4712 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4713 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4714 *
4715 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4716 * supports for ACL.
4717 *
4718 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4719 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4720 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4721 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4722 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4723 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4724 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4725 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4726 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4727 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4728 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4729 * capabilities are specified separately.
4730 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4731 *
4732 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4733 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4734 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4735 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4736 *
4737 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4738 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4739 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4740 * some cases, but may not always reach.
4741 *
4742 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4743 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
4744 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4745 * infinite.
4746 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4747 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4748 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4749 *
4750 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4751 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
4752 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4753 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4754 *
4755 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4756 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4757 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4758 *
4759 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
4760 * wake_tx_queue
4761 *
4762 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4763 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4764 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4765 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4766 *
4767 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4768 *
4769 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
4770 * device has
4771 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4772 * supported by the driver for each vif
4773 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4774 * supported by the driver for each peer
4775 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
4776 * long/short retry configuration
4777 *
4778 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
4779 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
4780 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
4781 */
4782struct wiphy {
4783 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4784
4785 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4786 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4787
4788 struct mac_address *addresses;
4789
4790 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4791
4792 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4793 int n_iface_combinations;
4794 u16 software_iftypes;
4795
4796 u16 n_addresses;
4797
4798 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4799 u16 interface_modes;
4800
4801 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4802
4803 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4804 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4805
4806 u32 ap_sme_capa;
4807
4808 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4809
4810 int bss_priv_size;
4811 u8 max_scan_ssids;
4812 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4813 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4814 u8 max_match_sets;
4815 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4816 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4817 u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4818 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4819 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4820
4821 int n_cipher_suites;
4822 const u32 *cipher_suites;
4823
4824 int n_akm_suites;
4825 const u32 *akm_suites;
4826
4827 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
4828 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
4829
4830 u8 retry_short;
4831 u8 retry_long;
4832 u32 frag_threshold;
4833 u32 rts_threshold;
4834 u8 coverage_class;
4835
4836 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4837 u32 hw_version;
4838
4839#ifdef CONFIG_PM
4840 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4841 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4842#endif
4843
4844 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4845
4846 u8 max_num_pmkids;
4847
4848 u32 available_antennas_tx;
4849 u32 available_antennas_rx;
4850
4851 u32 probe_resp_offload;
4852
4853 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4854 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4855
4856 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4857 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4858
4859 const void *privid;
4860
4861 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4862
4863 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4864 struct regulatory_request *request);
4865
4866 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4867
4868 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4869
4870 struct device dev;
4871
4872 bool registered;
4873
4874 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4875
4876 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4877 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4878
4879 struct list_head wdev_list;
4880
4881 possible_net_t _net;
4882
4883#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4884 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4885#endif
4886
4887 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4888
4889 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4890 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4891 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4892
4893 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4894
4895 u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4896
4897 u32 bss_select_support;
4898
4899 u8 nan_supported_bands;
4900
4901 u32 txq_limit;
4902 u32 txq_memory_limit;
4903 u32 txq_quantum;
4904
4905 unsigned long tx_queue_len;
4906
4907 u8 support_mbssid:1,
4908 support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4909
4910 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4911
4912 struct {
4913 u64 peer, vif;
4914 u8 max_retry;
4915 } tid_config_support;
4916
4917 u8 max_data_retry_count;
4918
4919 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4920};
4921
4922static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4923{
4924 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4925}
4926
4927static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4928{
4929 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4930}
4931
4932/**
4933 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4934 *
4935 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4936 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4937 */
4938static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4939{
4940 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4941 return &wiphy->priv;
4942}
4943
4944/**
4945 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4946 *
4947 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4948 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4949 */
4950static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4951{
4952 BUG_ON(!priv);
4953 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4954}
4955
4956/**
4957 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4958 *
4959 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4960 * @dev: The device to parent it to
4961 */
4962static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4963{
4964 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4965}
4966
4967/**
4968 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4969 *
4970 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4971 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4972 */
4973static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4974{
4975 return wiphy->dev.parent;
4976}
4977
4978/**
4979 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4980 *
4981 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4982 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4983 */
4984static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4985{
4986 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4987}
4988
4989/**
4990 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4991 *
4992 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4993 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4994 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4995 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4996 *
4997 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4998 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4999 *
5000 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5001 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5002 */
5003struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
5004 const char *requested_name);
5005
5006/**
5007 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5008 *
5009 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5010 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5011 *
5012 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5013 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5014 *
5015 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5016 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5017 */
5018static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
5019 int sizeof_priv)
5020{
5021 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
5022}
5023
5024/**
5025 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
5026 *
5027 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
5028 *
5029 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
5030 */
5031int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5032
5033/**
5034 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
5035 *
5036 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
5037 *
5038 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
5039 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
5040 * request that is being handled.
5041 */
5042void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5043
5044/**
5045 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
5046 *
5047 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
5048 */
5049void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5050
5051/* internal structs */
5052struct cfg80211_conn;
5053struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
5054struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
5055struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
5056
5057/**
5058 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
5059 *
5060 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
5061 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
5062 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
5063 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
5064 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
5065 *
5066 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
5067 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
5068 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
5069 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
5070 *
5071 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
5072 * @iftype: interface type
5073 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
5074 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
5075 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
5076 * wireless device if it has no netdev
5077 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5078 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
5079 * the user-set channel definition.
5080 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
5081 * track the channel to be used for AP later
5082 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5083 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5084 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5085 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5086 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5087 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
5088 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
5089 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
5090 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
5091 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
5092 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
5093 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
5094 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
5095 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
5096 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
5097 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
5098 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
5099 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
5100 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
5101 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
5102 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
5103 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
5104 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
5105 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
5106 * need to propagate the update to the driver
5107 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
5108 * and some API functions require it held
5109 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
5110 * beacons, 0 when not valid
5111 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
5112 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
5113 * the P2P Device.
5114 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
5115 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
5116 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
5117 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
5118 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
5119 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
5120 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
5121 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
5122 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
5123 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
5124 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
5125 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
5126 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
5127 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
5128 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
5129 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
5130 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
5131 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
5132 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
5133 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
5134 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
5135 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
5136 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
5137 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
5138 * unprotected beacon report
5139 */
5140struct wireless_dev {
5141 struct wiphy *wiphy;
5142 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
5143
5144 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
5145 struct list_head list;
5146 struct net_device *netdev;
5147
5148 u32 identifier;
5149
5150 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
5151 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
5152 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
5153
5154 struct mutex mtx;
5155
5156 bool use_4addr, is_running;
5157
5158 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
5159
5160 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
5161 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5162 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
5163 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
5164 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
5165 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
5166 u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
5167
5168 struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
5169 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5170
5171 struct list_head event_list;
5172 spinlock_t event_lock;
5173
5174 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
5175 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
5176 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5177
5178 bool ibss_fixed;
5179 bool ibss_dfs_possible;
5180
5181 bool ps;
5182 int ps_timeout;
5183
5184 int beacon_interval;
5185
5186 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
5187
5188 u32 owner_nlportid;
5189 bool nl_owner_dead;
5190
5191 bool cac_started;
5192 unsigned long cac_start_time;
5193 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
5194
5195#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5196 /* wext data */
5197 struct {
5198 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
5199 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
5200 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
5201 const u8 *ie;
5202 size_t ie_len;
5203 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5204 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5205 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5206 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
5207 bool prev_bssid_valid;
5208 } wext;
5209#endif
5210
5211 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
5212
5213 struct list_head pmsr_list;
5214 spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
5215 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
5216
5217 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
5218};
5219
5220static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5221{
5222 if (wdev->netdev)
5223 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
5224 return wdev->address;
5225}
5226
5227static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5228{
5229 if (wdev->netdev)
5230 return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
5231 return wdev->is_running;
5232}
5233
5234/**
5235 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5236 *
5237 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5238 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5239 */
5240static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5241{
5242 BUG_ON(!wdev);
5243 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5244}
5245
5246/**
5247 * DOC: Utility functions
5248 *
5249 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5250 */
5251
5252/**
5253 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
5254 *
5255 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
5256 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
5257 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
5258 */
5259static inline bool
5260ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
5261 struct ieee80211_channel *b)
5262{
5263 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
5264 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
5265}
5266
5267/**
5268 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
5269 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
5270 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
5271 */
5272static inline u32
5273ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
5274{
5275 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
5276}
5277
5278/**
5279 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
5280 * @chan: channel number
5281 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5282 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5283 */
5284u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5285
5286/**
5287 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5288 * @chan: channel number
5289 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5290 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5291 */
5292static inline int
5293ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
5294{
5295 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
5296}
5297
5298/**
5299 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5300 * @freq: center frequency in KHz
5301 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5302 */
5303int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
5304
5305/**
5306 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5307 * @freq: center frequency in MHz
5308 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5309 */
5310static inline int
5311ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
5312{
5313 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
5314}
5315
5316/**
5317 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
5318 * frequency
5319 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5320 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
5321 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5322 */
5323struct ieee80211_channel *
5324ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
5325
5326/**
5327 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5328 *
5329 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5330 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
5331 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5332 */
5333static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
5334ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
5335{
5336 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
5337}
5338
5339/**
5340 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
5341 * @chan: control channel to check
5342 *
5343 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
5344 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
5345 */
5346static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
5347{
5348 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
5349 return false;
5350
5351 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
5352}
5353
5354/**
5355 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5356 *
5357 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5358 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5359 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5360 *
5361 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5362 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5363 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5364 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5365 */
5366struct ieee80211_rate *
5367ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5368 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5369
5370/**
5371 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5372 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5373 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5374 *
5375 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5376 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5377 */
5378u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5379 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5380
5381/*
5382 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5383 *
5384 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5385 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
5386 */
5387
5388struct radiotap_align_size {
5389 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5390};
5391
5392struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5393 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5394 int n_bits;
5395 uint32_t oui;
5396 uint8_t subns;
5397};
5398
5399struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5400 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5401 int n_ns;
5402};
5403
5404/**
5405 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5406 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5407 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5408 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5409 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5410 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5411 * the beginning of the actual data portion
5412 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5413 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5414 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5415 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5416 * radiotap namespace or not
5417 *
5418 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5419 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5420 * @_arg_index: next argument index
5421 * @_arg: next argument pointer
5422 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5423 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5424 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5425 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5426 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5427 * next bitmap word
5428 *
5429 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5430 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5431 */
5432
5433struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5434 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5435 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5436 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5437
5438 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5439 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
5440
5441 unsigned char *this_arg;
5442 int this_arg_index;
5443 int this_arg_size;
5444
5445 int is_radiotap_ns;
5446
5447 int _max_length;
5448 int _arg_index;
5449 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5450 int _reset_on_ext;
5451};
5452
5453int
5454ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5455 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5456 int max_length,
5457 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5458
5459int
5460ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5461
5462
5463extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5464extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5465
5466/**
5467 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5468 *
5469 * @skb: the frame
5470 *
5471 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5472 * returns the 802.11 header length.
5473 *
5474 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5475 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5476 * 802.11 header.
5477 */
5478unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5479
5480/**
5481 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5482 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5483 * Return: The header length in bytes.
5484 */
5485unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5486
5487/**
5488 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5489 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5490 * (first byte) will be accessed
5491 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5492 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5493 */
5494unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5495
5496/**
5497 * DOC: Data path helpers
5498 *
5499 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5500 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5501 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5502 */
5503
5504/**
5505 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5506 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5507 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5508 * of it being pushed into the SKB
5509 * @addr: the device MAC address
5510 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5511 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5512 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5513 */
5514int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5515 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5516 u8 data_offset);
5517
5518/**
5519 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5520 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5521 * @addr: the device MAC address
5522 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5523 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5524 */
5525static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5526 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5527{
5528 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5529}
5530
5531/**
5532 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5533 *
5534 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5535 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5536 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5537 *
5538 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5539 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5540 * initialized by the caller.
5541 * @addr: The device MAC address.
5542 * @iftype: The device interface type.
5543 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5544 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5545 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5546 */
5547void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5548 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5549 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5550 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5551
5552/**
5553 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5554 * @skb: the data frame
5555 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5556 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5557 */
5558unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5559 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5560
5561/**
5562 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5563 *
5564 * @eid: element ID
5565 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5566 * @len: length of data
5567 * @match: byte array to match
5568 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5569 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5570 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5571 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5572 * the data portion instead.
5573 *
5574 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5575 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5576 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5577 * requested element struct.
5578 *
5579 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5580 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5581 * byte array to match.
5582 */
5583const struct element *
5584cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5585 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5586 unsigned int match_offset);
5587
5588/**
5589 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5590 *
5591 * @eid: element ID
5592 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5593 * @len: length of data
5594 * @match: byte array to match
5595 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5596 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5597 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5598 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5599 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5600 * the second byte is the IE length.
5601 *
5602 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5603 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5604 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5605 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5606 * element ID.
5607 *
5608 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5609 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5610 * byte array to match.
5611 */
5612static inline const u8 *
5613cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5614 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5615 unsigned int match_offset)
5616{
5617 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5618 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5619 */
5620 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5621 (!match_len && match_offset)))
5622 return NULL;
5623
5624 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5625 match, match_len,
5626 match_offset ?
5627 match_offset - 2 : 0);
5628}
5629
5630/**
5631 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5632 *
5633 * @eid: element ID
5634 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5635 * @len: length of data
5636 *
5637 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5638 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5639 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5640 * requested element struct.
5641 *
5642 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5643 * having to fit into the given data.
5644 */
5645static inline const struct element *
5646cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5647{
5648 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5649}
5650
5651/**
5652 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5653 *
5654 * @eid: element ID
5655 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5656 * @len: length of data
5657 *
5658 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5659 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5660 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5661 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5662 *
5663 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5664 * having to fit into the given data.
5665 */
5666static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5667{
5668 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5669}
5670
5671/**
5672 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5673 *
5674 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5675 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5676 * @len: length of data
5677 *
5678 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5679 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5680 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5681 * requested element struct.
5682 *
5683 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5684 * having to fit into the given data.
5685 */
5686static inline const struct element *
5687cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5688{
5689 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5690 &ext_eid, 1, 0);
5691}
5692
5693/**
5694 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5695 *
5696 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5697 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5698 * @len: length of data
5699 *
5700 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5701 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5702 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5703 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5704 *
5705 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5706 * having to fit into the given data.
5707 */
5708static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5709{
5710 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5711 &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5712}
5713
5714/**
5715 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5716 *
5717 * @oui: vendor OUI
5718 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5719 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5720 * @len: length of data
5721 *
5722 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5723 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5724 * return the element structure for the requested element.
5725 *
5726 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5727 * the given data.
5728 */
5729const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5730 const u8 *ies,
5731 unsigned int len);
5732
5733/**
5734 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5735 *
5736 * @oui: vendor OUI
5737 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5738 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5739 * @len: length of data
5740 *
5741 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5742 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5743 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5744 * element ID.
5745 *
5746 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5747 * the given data.
5748 */
5749static inline const u8 *
5750cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5751 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5752{
5753 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5754}
5755
5756/**
5757 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5758 *
5759 * @dev: network device
5760 * @addr: STA MAC address
5761 *
5762 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5763 * devices upon STA association.
5764 */
5765void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5766
5767/**
5768 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5769 *
5770 * TODO
5771 */
5772
5773/**
5774 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5775 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5776 * conflicts)
5777 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5778 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5779 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5780 * alpha2.
5781 *
5782 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5783 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5784 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5785 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5786 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5787 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5788 *
5789 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5790 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5791 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5792 *
5793 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5794 * an -ENOMEM.
5795 *
5796 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5797 */
5798int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5799
5800/**
5801 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5802 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5803 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5804 *
5805 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5806 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5807 * information.
5808 *
5809 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5810 */
5811int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5812 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5813
5814/**
5815 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5816 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5817 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5818 *
5819 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5820 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5821 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5822 *
5823 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5824 */
5825int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5826 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5827
5828/**
5829 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5830 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5831 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5832 *
5833 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5834 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5835 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5836 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5837 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5838 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5839 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5840 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5841 * that called this helper.
5842 */
5843void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5844 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5845
5846/**
5847 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5848 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5849 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5850 *
5851 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5852 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5853 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5854 * and processed already.
5855 *
5856 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5857 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5858 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5859 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5860 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5861 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5862 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5863 */
5864const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5865 u32 center_freq);
5866
5867/**
5868 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5869 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5870 *
5871 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5872 * proper string representation.
5873 */
5874const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5875
5876/**
5877 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5878 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5879 *
5880 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5881 */
5882bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5883
5884/**
5885 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5886 *
5887 */
5888
5889/**
5890 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5891 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5892 *
5893 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5894 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5895 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5896 *
5897 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
5898 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5899 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5900 *
5901 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5902 * an -ENODATA.
5903 *
5904 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5905 */
5906int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5907 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5908
5909/*
5910 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5911 * functions and BSS handling helpers
5912 */
5913
5914/**
5915 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5916 *
5917 * @request: the corresponding scan request
5918 * @info: information about the completed scan
5919 */
5920void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5921 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5922
5923/**
5924 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5925 *
5926 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5927 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5928 */
5929void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5930
5931/**
5932 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5933 *
5934 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5935 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5936 *
5937 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5938 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
5939 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5940 */
5941void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5942
5943/**
5944 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5945 *
5946 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5947 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5948 *
5949 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5950 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
5951 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5952 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5953 */
5954void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5955
5956/**
5957 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5958 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5959 * @data: the BSS metadata
5960 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5961 * @len: length of the management frame
5962 * @gfp: context flags
5963 *
5964 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5965 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5966 *
5967 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5968 * Or %NULL on error.
5969 */
5970struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5971cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5972 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5973 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5974 gfp_t gfp);
5975
5976static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5977cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5978 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5979 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5980 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5981 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5982{
5983 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5984 .chan = rx_channel,
5985 .scan_width = scan_width,
5986 .signal = signal,
5987 };
5988
5989 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5990}
5991
5992static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5993cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5994 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5995 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5996 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5997{
5998 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5999 .chan = rx_channel,
6000 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
6001 .signal = signal,
6002 };
6003
6004 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
6005}
6006
6007/**
6008 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
6009 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
6010 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
6011 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
6012 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
6013 */
6014static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
6015 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
6016{
6017 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
6018 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
6019 u64 new_bssid_u64;
6020
6021 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
6022
6023 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
6024
6025 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
6026}
6027
6028/**
6029 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
6030 * @element: element to check
6031 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
6032 */
6033bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
6034 const struct element *non_inherit_element);
6035
6036/**
6037 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
6038 * @ie: ies
6039 * @ielen: length of IEs
6040 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
6041 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
6042 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
6043 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
6044 */
6045size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6046 const struct element *mbssid_elem,
6047 const struct element *sub_elem,
6048 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
6049
6050/**
6051 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
6052 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
6053 * from a beacon or probe response
6054 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
6055 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
6056 */
6057enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
6058 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
6059 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
6060 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
6061};
6062
6063/**
6064 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
6065 *
6066 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6067 * @data: the BSS metadata
6068 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
6069 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
6070 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
6071 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
6072 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
6073 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
6074 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
6075 * @gfp: context flags
6076 *
6077 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6078 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6079 *
6080 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6081 * Or %NULL on error.
6082 */
6083struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6084cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6085 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
6086 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6087 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6088 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6089 gfp_t gfp);
6090
6091static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6092cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6093 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6094 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
6095 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6096 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6097 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6098 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6099{
6100 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6101 .chan = rx_channel,
6102 .scan_width = scan_width,
6103 .signal = signal,
6104 };
6105
6106 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
6107 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
6108 gfp);
6109}
6110
6111static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6112cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6113 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6114 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6115 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6116 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6117 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6118{
6119 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6120 .chan = rx_channel,
6121 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
6122 .signal = signal,
6123 };
6124
6125 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
6126 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
6127 gfp);
6128}
6129
6130/**
6131 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
6132 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6133 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
6134 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
6135 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
6136 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
6137 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
6138 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
6139 */
6140struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6141 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
6142 const u8 *bssid,
6143 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
6144 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
6145 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
6146static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
6147cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6148 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
6149 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
6150{
6151 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
6152 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
6153 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
6154}
6155
6156/**
6157 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
6158 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6159 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
6160 *
6161 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6162 */
6163void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6164
6165/**
6166 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
6167 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6168 * @bss: the BSS struct
6169 *
6170 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6171 */
6172void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6173
6174/**
6175 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
6176 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6177 * @bss: the bss to remove
6178 *
6179 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
6180 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
6181 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
6182 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
6183 */
6184void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6185
6186/**
6187 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
6188 *
6189 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
6190 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
6191 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
6192 *
6193 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6194 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
6195 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
6196 * @iter: the iterator function to call
6197 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
6198 */
6199void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6200 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6201 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6202 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6203 void *data),
6204 void *iter_data);
6205
6206static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
6207cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
6208{
6209 switch (chandef->width) {
6210 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
6211 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
6212 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
6213 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
6214 default:
6215 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
6216 }
6217}
6218
6219/**
6220 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
6221 * @dev: network device
6222 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
6223 * @len: length of the frame data
6224 *
6225 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
6226 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
6227 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
6228 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6229 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6230 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6231 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
6232 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
6233 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
6234 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
6235 *
6236 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6237 */
6238void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6239
6240/**
6241 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
6242 * @dev: network device
6243 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
6244 *
6245 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
6246 * mutex.
6247 */
6248void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6249
6250/**
6251 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6252 * @dev: network device
6253 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6254 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
6255 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6256 * @len: length of the frame data
6257 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6258 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6259 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6260 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6261 *
6262 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6263 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6264 *
6265 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6266 */
6267void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
6268 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6269 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
6270 int uapsd_queues,
6271 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
6272
6273/**
6274 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6275 * @dev: network device
6276 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6277 *
6278 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6279 */
6280void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6281
6282/**
6283 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6284 * @dev: network device
6285 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6286 *
6287 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6288 * an association attempt was abandoned.
6289 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6290 */
6291void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6292
6293/**
6294 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6295 * @dev: network device
6296 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6297 * @len: length of the frame data
6298 *
6299 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6300 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6301 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6302 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6303 */
6304void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6305
6306/**
6307 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6308 * @dev: network device
6309 * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
6310 * @len: length of the frame data
6311 *
6312 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6313 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6314 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
6315 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
6316 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
6317 *
6318 * This function may sleep.
6319 */
6320void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
6321 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6322
6323/**
6324 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6325 * @dev: network device
6326 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6327 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6328 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6329 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6330 * @gfp: allocation flags
6331 *
6332 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6333 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6334 * primitive.
6335 */
6336void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6337 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6338 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6339
6340/**
6341 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6342 *
6343 * @dev: network device
6344 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6345 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6346 * @gfp: allocation flags
6347 *
6348 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6349 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6350 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6351 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6352 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6353 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6354 */
6355void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6356 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6357
6358/**
6359 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6360 *
6361 * @dev: network device
6362 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6363 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6364 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6365 * @gfp: allocation flags
6366 *
6367 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6368 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6369 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6370 */
6371void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6372 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6373 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6374
6375/**
6376 * DOC: RFkill integration
6377 *
6378 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6379 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6380 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6381 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6382 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6383 *
6384 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6385 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6386 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6387 */
6388
6389/**
6390 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6391 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6392 * @blocked: block status
6393 */
6394void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6395
6396/**
6397 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6398 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6399 */
6400void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6401
6402/**
6403 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6404 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6405 */
6406void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6407
6408/**
6409 * DOC: Vendor commands
6410 *
6411 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6412 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6413 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6414 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6415 * the configuration mechanism.
6416 *
6417 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6418 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6419 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6420 *
6421 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6422 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6423 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6424 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6425 * managers etc. need.
6426 */
6427
6428struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6429 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6430 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6431 int approxlen);
6432
6433struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6434 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6435 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6436 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6437 unsigned int portid,
6438 int vendor_event_idx,
6439 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6440
6441void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6442
6443/**
6444 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6445 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6446 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6447 * be put into the skb
6448 *
6449 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6450 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6451 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6452 *
6453 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6454 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6455 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6456 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6457 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6458 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6459 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6460 *
6461 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6462 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6463 *
6464 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6465 */
6466static inline struct sk_buff *
6467cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6468{
6469 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6470 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6471}
6472
6473/**
6474 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6475 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6476 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6477 *
6478 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6479 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6480 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
6481 * skb regardless of the return value.
6482 *
6483 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6484 */
6485int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6486
6487/**
6488 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6489 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6490 *
6491 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6492 * Valid to call only there.
6493 */
6494unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6495
6496/**
6497 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6498 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6499 * @wdev: the wireless device
6500 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6501 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6502 * be put into the skb
6503 * @gfp: allocation flags
6504 *
6505 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6506 * vendor-specific multicast group.
6507 *
6508 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6509 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6510 * attribute.
6511 *
6512 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6513 * skb to send the event.
6514 *
6515 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6516 */
6517static inline struct sk_buff *
6518cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6519 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6520{
6521 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6522 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6523 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6524}
6525
6526/**
6527 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6528 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6529 * @wdev: the wireless device
6530 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6531 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6532 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6533 * be put into the skb
6534 * @gfp: allocation flags
6535 *
6536 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6537 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6538 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6539 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6540 *
6541 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6542 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6543 * attribute.
6544 *
6545 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6546 * skb to send the event.
6547 *
6548 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6549 */
6550static inline struct sk_buff *
6551cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6552 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6553 unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6554 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6555{
6556 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6557 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6558 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6559}
6560
6561/**
6562 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6563 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6564 * @gfp: allocation flags
6565 *
6566 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6567 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6568 */
6569static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6570{
6571 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6572}
6573
6574#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6575/**
6576 * DOC: Test mode
6577 *
6578 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6579 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6580 * factory programming.
6581 *
6582 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6583 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6584 */
6585
6586/**
6587 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6588 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6589 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6590 * be put into the skb
6591 *
6592 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6593 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6594 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6595 *
6596 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6597 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6598 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6599 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6600 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6601 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6602 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6603 *
6604 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6605 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6606 *
6607 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6608 */
6609static inline struct sk_buff *
6610cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6611{
6612 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6613 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6614}
6615
6616/**
6617 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6618 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6619 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6620 *
6621 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6622 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6623 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
6624 * regardless of the return value.
6625 *
6626 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6627 */
6628static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6629{
6630 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6631}
6632
6633/**
6634 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6635 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6636 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6637 * be put into the skb
6638 * @gfp: allocation flags
6639 *
6640 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6641 * testmode multicast group.
6642 *
6643 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6644 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6645 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6646 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6647 * in any other way.
6648 *
6649 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6650 * skb to send the event.
6651 *
6652 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6653 */
6654static inline struct sk_buff *
6655cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6656{
6657 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6658 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6659 approxlen, gfp);
6660}
6661
6662/**
6663 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6664 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6665 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6666 * @gfp: allocation flags
6667 *
6668 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6669 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6670 * consumes it.
6671 */
6672static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6673{
6674 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6675}
6676
6677#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6678#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6679#else
6680#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6681#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6682#endif
6683
6684/**
6685 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6686 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6687 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6688 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6689 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6690 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6691 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6692 * status for a FILS connection.
6693 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6694 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6695 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6696 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6697 */
6698struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6699 const u8 *kek;
6700 size_t kek_len;
6701 bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6702 u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6703 const u8 *pmk;
6704 size_t pmk_len;
6705 const u8 *pmkid;
6706};
6707
6708/**
6709 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6710 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6711 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6712 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6713 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6714 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6715 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6716 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6717 * case.
6718 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6719 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6720 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6721 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6722 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6723 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6724 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6725 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6726 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6727 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6728 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6729 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6730 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6731 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6732 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6733 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6734 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6735 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6736 */
6737struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6738 int status;
6739 const u8 *bssid;
6740 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6741 const u8 *req_ie;
6742 size_t req_ie_len;
6743 const u8 *resp_ie;
6744 size_t resp_ie_len;
6745 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6746 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6747};
6748
6749/**
6750 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6751 *
6752 * @dev: network device
6753 * @params: connection response parameters
6754 * @gfp: allocation flags
6755 *
6756 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6757 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6758 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6759 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6760 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6761 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6762 */
6763void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6764 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6765 gfp_t gfp);
6766
6767/**
6768 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6769 *
6770 * @dev: network device
6771 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6772 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6773 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6774 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6775 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6776 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6777 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6778 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6779 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6780 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6781 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6782 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6783 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6784 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6785 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6786 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6787 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6788 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6789 * case.
6790 * @gfp: allocation flags
6791 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6792 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6793 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6794 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6795 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6796 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6797 *
6798 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6799 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6800 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6801 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6802 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6803 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6804 */
6805static inline void
6806cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6807 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6808 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6809 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6810 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6811{
6812 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6813
6814 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params));
6815 params.status = status;
6816 params.bssid = bssid;
6817 params.bss = bss;
6818 params.req_ie = req_ie;
6819 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6820 params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6821 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6822 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6823
6824 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp);
6825}
6826
6827/**
6828 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6829 *
6830 * @dev: network device
6831 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6832 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6833 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6834 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6835 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6836 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6837 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6838 * the real status code for failures.
6839 * @gfp: allocation flags
6840 *
6841 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6842 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6843 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6844 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6845 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6846 */
6847static inline void
6848cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6849 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6850 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6851 u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6852{
6853 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6854 resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6855 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6856}
6857
6858/**
6859 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6860 *
6861 * @dev: network device
6862 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6863 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6864 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6865 * @gfp: allocation flags
6866 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6867 *
6868 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6869 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6870 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6871 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6872 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6873 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6874 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6875 */
6876static inline void
6877cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6878 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6879 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6880{
6881 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6882 gfp, timeout_reason);
6883}
6884
6885/**
6886 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6887 *
6888 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6889 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6890 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6891 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6892 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6893 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6894 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6895 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6896 */
6897struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6898 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6899 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6900 const u8 *bssid;
6901 const u8 *req_ie;
6902 size_t req_ie_len;
6903 const u8 *resp_ie;
6904 size_t resp_ie_len;
6905 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6906};
6907
6908/**
6909 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6910 *
6911 * @dev: network device
6912 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6913 * @gfp: allocation flags
6914 *
6915 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6916 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6917 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6918 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6919 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6920 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6921 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6922 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6923 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6924 * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
6925 */
6926void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6927 gfp_t gfp);
6928
6929/**
6930 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6931 *
6932 * @dev: network device
6933 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6934 * @gfp: allocation flags
6935 *
6936 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6937 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6938 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6939 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6940 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6941 * indicate the 802.11 association.
6942 */
6943void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6944 gfp_t gfp);
6945
6946/**
6947 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6948 *
6949 * @dev: network device
6950 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6951 * @ie_len: length of IEs
6952 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6953 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6954 * @gfp: allocation flags
6955 *
6956 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6957 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6958 */
6959void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6960 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6961 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6962
6963/**
6964 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6965 * @wdev: wireless device
6966 * @cookie: the request cookie
6967 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6968 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6969 * channel
6970 * @gfp: allocation flags
6971 */
6972void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6973 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6974 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6975
6976/**
6977 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6978 * @wdev: wireless device
6979 * @cookie: the request cookie
6980 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6981 * @gfp: allocation flags
6982 */
6983void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6984 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6985 gfp_t gfp);
6986
6987/**
6988 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6989 * @wdev: wireless device
6990 * @cookie: the requested cookie
6991 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6992 * @gfp: allocation flags
6993 */
6994void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6995 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6996
6997/**
6998 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6999 *
7000 * @sinfo: the station information
7001 * @gfp: allocation flags
7002 */
7003int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7004
7005/**
7006 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
7007 * @sinfo: the station information
7008 *
7009 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
7010 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
7011 * the stack.)
7012 */
7013static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
7014{
7015 kfree(sinfo->pertid);
7016}
7017
7018/**
7019 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
7020 *
7021 * @dev: the netdev
7022 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7023 * @sinfo: the station information
7024 * @gfp: allocation flags
7025 */
7026void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7027 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7028
7029/**
7030 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7031 * @dev: the netdev
7032 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7033 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
7034 * @gfp: allocation flags
7035 */
7036void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7037 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7038
7039/**
7040 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7041 *
7042 * @dev: the netdev
7043 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7044 * @gfp: allocation flags
7045 */
7046static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
7047 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
7048{
7049 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
7050}
7051
7052/**
7053 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
7054 *
7055 * @dev: the netdev
7056 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7057 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
7058 * @gfp: allocation flags
7059 *
7060 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
7061 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
7062 * for some reasons, this function is called.
7063 *
7064 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
7065 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
7066 */
7067void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7068 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
7069 gfp_t gfp);
7070
7071/**
7072 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7073 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7074 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
7075 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7076 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7077 * @len: length of the frame data
7078 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7079 *
7080 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7081 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7082 *
7083 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7084 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7085 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7086 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7087 */
7088bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
7089 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
7090
7091/**
7092 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7093 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7094 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
7095 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7096 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7097 * @len: length of the frame data
7098 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7099 *
7100 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7101 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7102 *
7103 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7104 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7105 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7106 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7107 */
7108static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
7109 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
7110 u32 flags)
7111{
7112 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len,
7113 flags);
7114}
7115
7116/**
7117 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
7118 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7119 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
7120 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7121 * @len: length of the frame data
7122 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7123 * @gfp: context flags
7124 *
7125 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
7126 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
7127 * transmission attempt.
7128 */
7129void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7130 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
7131
7132/**
7133 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
7134 * port frames
7135 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7136 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
7137 * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
7138 * @len: length of the frame data
7139 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7140 * @gfp: context flags
7141 *
7142 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
7143 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
7144 * the transmission attempt.
7145 */
7146void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7147 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
7148 gfp_t gfp);
7149
7150/**
7151 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
7152 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7153 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
7154 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
7155 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
7156 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
7157 * skb->protocol is set appropriately.
7158 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
7159 *
7160 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
7161 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
7162 * control port frames over nl80211.
7163 *
7164 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
7165 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
7166 *
7167 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
7168 */
7169bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
7170 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
7171
7172/**
7173 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
7174 * @dev: network device
7175 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
7176 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
7177 * @gfp: context flags
7178 *
7179 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
7180 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
7181 */
7182void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7183 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
7184 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
7185
7186/**
7187 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
7188 * @dev: network device
7189 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7190 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
7191 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
7192 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
7193 * @gfp: context flags
7194 */
7195void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7196 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
7197
7198/**
7199 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
7200 * @dev: network device
7201 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7202 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
7203 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
7204 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
7205 * @gfp: context flags
7206 *
7207 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
7208 * given interval is exceeded.
7209 */
7210void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7211 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
7212
7213/**
7214 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
7215 * @dev: network device
7216 * @gfp: context flags
7217 *
7218 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
7219 */
7220void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
7221
7222/**
7223 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
7224 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7225 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7226 * @gfp: context flags
7227 *
7228 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
7229 */
7230void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7231 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
7232
7233/**
7234 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
7235 * @dev: network device
7236 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
7237 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
7238 * @gfp: context flags
7239 *
7240 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
7241 * frame.
7242 */
7243void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
7244 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
7245 gfp_t gfp);
7246
7247/**
7248 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
7249 * @netdev: network device
7250 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7251 * @event: type of event
7252 * @gfp: context flags
7253 *
7254 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
7255 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
7256 * also by full-MAC drivers.
7257 */
7258void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7259 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7260 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
7261
7262
7263/**
7264 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
7265 * @dev: network device
7266 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
7267 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
7268 * @gfp: allocation flags
7269 */
7270void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7271 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
7272
7273/**
7274 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
7275 * @dev: network device
7276 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
7277 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
7278 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
7279 * @gfp: allocation flags
7280 */
7281void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
7282 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
7283
7284/**
7285 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
7286 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7287 * @addr: the transmitter address
7288 * @gfp: context flags
7289 *
7290 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7291 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
7292 * sender.
7293 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7294 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7295 */
7296bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7297 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7298
7299/**
7300 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7301 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7302 * @addr: the transmitter address
7303 * @gfp: context flags
7304 *
7305 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7306 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7307 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7308 * station to avoid event flooding.
7309 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7310 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7311 */
7312bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7313 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7314
7315/**
7316 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7317 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7318 * @addr: the address of the peer
7319 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7320 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7321 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7322 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7323 * @gfp: allocation flags
7324 */
7325void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7326 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
7327 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
7328
7329/**
7330 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
7331 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7332 * @frame: the frame
7333 * @len: length of the frame
7334 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
7335 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7336 *
7337 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7338 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7339 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7340 */
7341void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
7342 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
7343
7344/**
7345 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7346 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7347 * @frame: the frame
7348 * @len: length of the frame
7349 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7350 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7351 *
7352 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7353 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7354 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7355 */
7356static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7357 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
7358 int freq, int sig_dbm)
7359{
7360 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
7361 sig_dbm);
7362}
7363
7364/**
7365 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7366 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7367 * @chandef: the channel definition
7368 * @iftype: interface type
7369 *
7370 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7371 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7372 */
7373bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7374 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7375 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7376
7377/**
7378 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7379 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7380 * @chandef: the channel definition
7381 * @iftype: interface type
7382 *
7383 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7384 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7385 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7386 * more permissive conditions.
7387 *
7388 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7389 */
7390bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7391 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7392 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7393
7394/*
7395 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7396 * @dev: the device which switched channels
7397 * @chandef: the new channel definition
7398 *
7399 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7400 * driver context!
7401 */
7402void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7403 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7404
7405/*
7406 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7407 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7408 * @chandef: the future channel definition
7409 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7410 *
7411 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7412 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7413 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7414 */
7415void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7416 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7417 u8 count);
7418
7419/**
7420 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7421 *
7422 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7423 * @band: band pointer to fill
7424 *
7425 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7426 */
7427bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7428 enum nl80211_band *band);
7429
7430/**
7431 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7432 *
7433 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7434 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7435 *
7436 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7437 */
7438bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7439 u8 *op_class);
7440
7441/**
7442 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
7443 *
7444 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7445 *
7446 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
7447 */
7448static inline u32
7449ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
7450{
7451 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
7452}
7453
7454/*
7455 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7456 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7457 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7458 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7459 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7460 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7461 * @gfp: allocation flags
7462 *
7463 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7464 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7465 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7466 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7467 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7468 */
7469void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7470 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7471 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7472
7473/*
7474 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7475 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7476 *
7477 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7478 */
7479u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7480
7481/**
7482 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7483 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7484 *
7485 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7486 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7487 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7488 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7489 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7490 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7491 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7492 *
7493 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7494 */
7495void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7496
7497/**
7498 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7499 * @ies: FT IEs
7500 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7501 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7502 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7503 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7504 */
7505struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7506 const u8 *ies;
7507 size_t ies_len;
7508 const u8 *target_ap;
7509 const u8 *ric_ies;
7510 size_t ric_ies_len;
7511};
7512
7513/**
7514 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7515 * @netdev: network device
7516 * @ft_event: IE information
7517 */
7518void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7519 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7520
7521/**
7522 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7523 * @ies: the input IE buffer
7524 * @len: the input length
7525 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7526 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7527 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7528 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7529 *
7530 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7531 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7532 *
7533 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7534 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7535 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7536 */
7537int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7538 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7539 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7540
7541/**
7542 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7543 * @ies: the IE buffer
7544 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7545 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7546 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7547 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7548 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7549 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7550 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7551 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7552 *
7553 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7554 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7555 * split.
7556 *
7557 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7558 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7559 *
7560 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7561 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7562 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7563 *
7564 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7565 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7566 * of the buffer should be used.
7567 */
7568size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7569 const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7570 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7571 size_t offset);
7572
7573/**
7574 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7575 * @ies: the IE buffer
7576 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7577 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7578 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7579 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7580 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7581 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7582 *
7583 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7584 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7585 * split.
7586 *
7587 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7588 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7589 *
7590 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7591 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7592 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7593 *
7594 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7595 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7596 * of the buffer should be used.
7597 */
7598static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7599 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7600{
7601 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7602}
7603
7604/**
7605 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7606 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7607 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7608 * @gfp: allocation flags
7609 *
7610 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7611 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7612 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7613 * else caused the wakeup.
7614 */
7615void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7616 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7617 gfp_t gfp);
7618
7619/**
7620 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7621 *
7622 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7623 * @gfp: allocation flags
7624 *
7625 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7626 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7627 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7628 */
7629void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7630
7631/**
7632 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7633 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7634 *
7635 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7636 */
7637unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7638
7639/**
7640 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7641 *
7642 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7643 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7644 *
7645 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7646 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7647 * the interface combinations.
7648 */
7649int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7650 struct iface_combination_params *params);
7651
7652/**
7653 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7654 *
7655 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7656 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7657 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7658 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7659 *
7660 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7661 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7662 * purposes.
7663 */
7664int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7665 struct iface_combination_params *params,
7666 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7667 void *data),
7668 void *data);
7669
7670/*
7671 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7672 *
7673 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7674 * @wdev: wireless device
7675 * @gfp: context flags
7676 *
7677 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7678 * disconnected.
7679 *
7680 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7681 */
7682void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7683 gfp_t gfp);
7684
7685/**
7686 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7687 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7688 *
7689 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7690 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7691 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7692 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7693 *
7694 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7695 * the driver while the function is running.
7696 */
7697void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7698
7699/**
7700 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7701 *
7702 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7703 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7704 *
7705 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7706 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7707 */
7708static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7709 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7710{
7711 u8 *ft_byte;
7712
7713 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7714 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7715}
7716
7717/**
7718 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7719 *
7720 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7721 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7722 *
7723 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7724 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7725 */
7726static inline bool
7727wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7728 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7729{
7730 u8 ft_byte;
7731
7732 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7733 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7734}
7735
7736/**
7737 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7738 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7739 *
7740 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7741 */
7742void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7743
7744/**
7745 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7746 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7747 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7748 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7749 * result.
7750 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7751 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7752 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7753 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7754 * @info_len: the length of the &info
7755 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7756 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7757 */
7758struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7759 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7760 u8 inst_id;
7761 u8 peer_inst_id;
7762 const u8 *addr;
7763 u8 info_len;
7764 const u8 *info;
7765 u64 cookie;
7766};
7767
7768/**
7769 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7770 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7771 * @match: match notification parameters
7772 * @gfp: allocation flags
7773 *
7774 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7775 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7776 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7777 */
7778void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7779 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7780
7781/**
7782 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7783 *
7784 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7785 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7786 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7787 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7788 * @gfp: allocation flags
7789 *
7790 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7791 */
7792void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7793 u8 inst_id,
7794 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7795 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7796
7797/* ethtool helper */
7798void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7799
7800/**
7801 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7802 * @netdev: network device
7803 * @params: External authentication parameters
7804 * @gfp: allocation flags
7805 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7806 */
7807int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7808 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7809 gfp_t gfp);
7810
7811/**
7812 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7813 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7814 * @req: the original measurement request
7815 * @result: the result data
7816 * @gfp: allocation flags
7817 */
7818void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7819 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7820 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7821 gfp_t gfp);
7822
7823/**
7824 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7825 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7826 * @req: the original measurement request
7827 * @gfp: allocation flags
7828 *
7829 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7830 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7831 */
7832void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7833 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7834 gfp_t gfp);
7835
7836/**
7837 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7838 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7839 * @iftype: interface type
7840 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7841 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7842 *
7843 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7844 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7845 * check_swif is '1'.
7846 */
7847bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7848 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7849
7850
7851/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7852
7853/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7854
7855#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
7856 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7857#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7858 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7859#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
7860 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7861#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
7862 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7863#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
7864 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7865#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
7866 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7867#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
7868 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7869#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
7870 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7871
7872#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
7873 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7874#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
7875 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7876
7877#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
7878 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7879
7880#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7881 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7882
7883#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7884#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
7885#else
7886#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7887({ \
7888 if (0) \
7889 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
7890 0; \
7891})
7892#endif
7893
7894/*
7895 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7896 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7897 * file/line information and a backtrace.
7898 */
7899#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
7900 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7901
7902/**
7903 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7904 * @netdev: network device
7905 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7906 * @gfp: allocation flags
7907 */
7908void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7909 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7910 gfp_t gfp);
7911
7912/**
7913 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
7914 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7915 */
7916void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7917
7918#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */